1 /* Variable tracking routines for the GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 2002-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of GCC.
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
12 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
13 or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
14 License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* This file contains the variable tracking pass. It computes where
21 variables are located (which registers or where in memory) at each position
22 in instruction stream and emits notes describing the locations.
23 Debug information (DWARF2 location lists) is finally generated from
25 With this debug information, it is possible to show variables
26 even when debugging optimized code.
28 How does the variable tracking pass work?
30 First, it scans RTL code for uses, stores and clobbers (register/memory
31 references in instructions), for call insns and for stack adjustments
32 separately for each basic block and saves them to an array of micro
34 The micro operations of one instruction are ordered so that
35 pre-modifying stack adjustment < use < use with no var < call insn <
36 < clobber < set < post-modifying stack adjustment
38 Then, a forward dataflow analysis is performed to find out how locations
39 of variables change through code and to propagate the variable locations
40 along control flow graph.
41 The IN set for basic block BB is computed as a union of OUT sets of BB's
42 predecessors, the OUT set for BB is copied from the IN set for BB and
43 is changed according to micro operations in BB.
45 The IN and OUT sets for basic blocks consist of a current stack adjustment
46 (used for adjusting offset of variables addressed using stack pointer),
47 the table of structures describing the locations of parts of a variable
48 and for each physical register a linked list for each physical register.
49 The linked list is a list of variable parts stored in the register,
50 i.e. it is a list of triplets (reg, decl, offset) where decl is
51 REG_EXPR (reg) and offset is REG_OFFSET (reg). The linked list is used for
52 effective deleting appropriate variable parts when we set or clobber the
55 There may be more than one variable part in a register. The linked lists
56 should be pretty short so it is a good data structure here.
57 For example in the following code, register allocator may assign same
58 register to variables A and B, and both of them are stored in the same
71 Finally, the NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION notes describing the variable locations
72 are emitted to appropriate positions in RTL code. Each such a note describes
73 the location of one variable at the point in instruction stream where the
74 note is. There is no need to emit a note for each variable before each
75 instruction, we only emit these notes where the location of variable changes
76 (this means that we also emit notes for changes between the OUT set of the
77 previous block and the IN set of the current block).
79 The notes consist of two parts:
80 1. the declaration (from REG_EXPR or MEM_EXPR)
81 2. the location of a variable - it is either a simple register/memory
82 reference (for simple variables, for example int),
83 or a parallel of register/memory references (for a large variables
84 which consist of several parts, for example long long).
90 #include "coretypes.h"
96 #include "alloc-pool.h"
97 #include "tree-pass.h"
100 #include "insn-config.h"
102 #include "emit-rtl.h"
104 #include "diagnostic.h"
106 #include "stor-layout.h"
111 #include "tree-dfa.h"
112 #include "tree-ssa.h"
114 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
115 #include "rtl-iter.h"
116 #include "fibonacci_heap.h"
117 #include "print-rtl.h"
118 #include "function-abi.h"
120 typedef fibonacci_heap
<long, basic_block_def
> bb_heap_t
;
121 typedef fibonacci_node
<long, basic_block_def
> bb_heap_node_t
;
123 /* var-tracking.c assumes that tree code with the same value as VALUE rtx code
124 has no chance to appear in REG_EXPR/MEM_EXPRs and isn't a decl.
125 Currently the value is the same as IDENTIFIER_NODE, which has such
126 a property. If this compile time assertion ever fails, make sure that
127 the new tree code that equals (int) VALUE has the same property. */
128 extern char check_value_val
[(int) VALUE
== (int) IDENTIFIER_NODE
? 1 : -1];
130 /* Type of micro operation. */
131 enum micro_operation_type
133 MO_USE
, /* Use location (REG or MEM). */
134 MO_USE_NO_VAR
,/* Use location which is not associated with a variable
135 or the variable is not trackable. */
136 MO_VAL_USE
, /* Use location which is associated with a value. */
137 MO_VAL_LOC
, /* Use location which appears in a debug insn. */
138 MO_VAL_SET
, /* Set location associated with a value. */
139 MO_SET
, /* Set location. */
140 MO_COPY
, /* Copy the same portion of a variable from one
141 location to another. */
142 MO_CLOBBER
, /* Clobber location. */
143 MO_CALL
, /* Call insn. */
144 MO_ADJUST
/* Adjust stack pointer. */
148 static const char * const ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
149 micro_operation_type_name
[] = {
162 /* Where shall the note be emitted? BEFORE or AFTER the instruction.
163 Notes emitted as AFTER_CALL are to take effect during the call,
164 rather than after the call. */
167 EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
168 EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN
,
169 EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
172 /* Structure holding information about micro operation. */
173 struct micro_operation
175 /* Type of micro operation. */
176 enum micro_operation_type type
;
178 /* The instruction which the micro operation is in, for MO_USE,
179 MO_USE_NO_VAR, MO_CALL and MO_ADJUST, or the subsequent
180 instruction or note in the original flow (before any var-tracking
181 notes are inserted, to simplify emission of notes), for MO_SET
186 /* Location. For MO_SET and MO_COPY, this is the SET that
187 performs the assignment, if known, otherwise it is the target
188 of the assignment. For MO_VAL_USE and MO_VAL_SET, it is a
189 CONCAT of the VALUE and the LOC associated with it. For
190 MO_VAL_LOC, it is a CONCAT of the VALUE and the VAR_LOCATION
191 associated with it. */
194 /* Stack adjustment. */
195 HOST_WIDE_INT adjust
;
200 /* A declaration of a variable, or an RTL value being handled like a
202 typedef void *decl_or_value
;
204 /* Return true if a decl_or_value DV is a DECL or NULL. */
206 dv_is_decl_p (decl_or_value dv
)
208 return !dv
|| (int) TREE_CODE ((tree
) dv
) != (int) VALUE
;
211 /* Return true if a decl_or_value is a VALUE rtl. */
213 dv_is_value_p (decl_or_value dv
)
215 return dv
&& !dv_is_decl_p (dv
);
218 /* Return the decl in the decl_or_value. */
220 dv_as_decl (decl_or_value dv
)
222 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_decl_p (dv
));
226 /* Return the value in the decl_or_value. */
228 dv_as_value (decl_or_value dv
)
230 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_value_p (dv
));
234 /* Return the opaque pointer in the decl_or_value. */
236 dv_as_opaque (decl_or_value dv
)
242 /* Description of location of a part of a variable. The content of a physical
243 register is described by a chain of these structures.
244 The chains are pretty short (usually 1 or 2 elements) and thus
245 chain is the best data structure. */
248 /* Pointer to next member of the list. */
251 /* The rtx of register. */
254 /* The declaration corresponding to LOC. */
257 /* Offset from start of DECL. */
258 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
261 /* Structure for chaining the locations. */
262 struct location_chain
264 /* Next element in the chain. */
265 location_chain
*next
;
267 /* The location (REG, MEM or VALUE). */
270 /* The "value" stored in this location. */
274 enum var_init_status init
;
277 /* A vector of loc_exp_dep holds the active dependencies of a one-part
278 DV on VALUEs, i.e., the VALUEs expanded so as to form the current
279 location of DV. Each entry is also part of VALUE' s linked-list of
280 backlinks back to DV. */
283 /* The dependent DV. */
285 /* The dependency VALUE or DECL_DEBUG. */
287 /* The next entry in VALUE's backlinks list. */
288 struct loc_exp_dep
*next
;
289 /* A pointer to the pointer to this entry (head or prev's next) in
290 the doubly-linked list. */
291 struct loc_exp_dep
**pprev
;
295 /* This data structure holds information about the depth of a variable
299 /* This measures the complexity of the expanded expression. It
300 grows by one for each level of expansion that adds more than one
303 /* This counts the number of ENTRY_VALUE expressions in an
304 expansion. We want to minimize their use. */
308 /* This data structure is allocated for one-part variables at the time
309 of emitting notes. */
312 /* Doubly-linked list of dependent DVs. These are DVs whose cur_loc
313 computation used the expansion of this variable, and that ought
314 to be notified should this variable change. If the DV's cur_loc
315 expanded to NULL, all components of the loc list are regarded as
316 active, so that any changes in them give us a chance to get a
317 location. Otherwise, only components of the loc that expanded to
318 non-NULL are regarded as active dependencies. */
319 loc_exp_dep
*backlinks
;
320 /* This holds the LOC that was expanded into cur_loc. We need only
321 mark a one-part variable as changed if the FROM loc is removed,
322 or if it has no known location and a loc is added, or if it gets
323 a change notification from any of its active dependencies. */
325 /* The depth of the cur_loc expression. */
327 /* Dependencies actively used when expand FROM into cur_loc. */
328 vec
<loc_exp_dep
, va_heap
, vl_embed
> deps
;
331 /* Structure describing one part of variable. */
334 /* Chain of locations of the part. */
335 location_chain
*loc_chain
;
337 /* Location which was last emitted to location list. */
342 /* The offset in the variable, if !var->onepart. */
343 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
345 /* Pointer to auxiliary data, if var->onepart and emit_notes. */
346 struct onepart_aux
*onepaux
;
350 /* Maximum number of location parts. */
351 #define MAX_VAR_PARTS 16
353 /* Enumeration type used to discriminate various types of one-part
357 /* Not a one-part variable. */
359 /* A one-part DECL that is not a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL. */
361 /* A DEBUG_EXPR_DECL. */
367 /* Structure describing where the variable is located. */
370 /* The declaration of the variable, or an RTL value being handled
371 like a declaration. */
374 /* Reference count. */
377 /* Number of variable parts. */
380 /* What type of DV this is, according to enum onepart_enum. */
381 ENUM_BITFIELD (onepart_enum
) onepart
: CHAR_BIT
;
383 /* True if this variable_def struct is currently in the
384 changed_variables hash table. */
385 bool in_changed_variables
;
387 /* The variable parts. */
388 variable_part var_part
[1];
391 /* Pointer to the BB's information specific to variable tracking pass. */
392 #define VTI(BB) ((variable_tracking_info *) (BB)->aux)
394 /* Return MEM_OFFSET (MEM) as a HOST_WIDE_INT, or 0 if we can't. */
396 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
397 int_mem_offset (const_rtx mem
)
399 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
400 if (MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem
) && MEM_OFFSET (mem
).is_constant (&offset
))
405 #if CHECKING_P && (GCC_VERSION >= 2007)
407 /* Access VAR's Ith part's offset, checking that it's not a one-part
409 #define VAR_PART_OFFSET(var, i) __extension__ \
410 (*({ variable *const __v = (var); \
411 gcc_checking_assert (!__v->onepart); \
412 &__v->var_part[(i)].aux.offset; }))
414 /* Access VAR's one-part auxiliary data, checking that it is a
415 one-part variable. */
416 #define VAR_LOC_1PAUX(var) __extension__ \
417 (*({ variable *const __v = (var); \
418 gcc_checking_assert (__v->onepart); \
419 &__v->var_part[0].aux.onepaux; }))
422 #define VAR_PART_OFFSET(var, i) ((var)->var_part[(i)].aux.offset)
423 #define VAR_LOC_1PAUX(var) ((var)->var_part[0].aux.onepaux)
426 /* These are accessor macros for the one-part auxiliary data. When
427 convenient for users, they're guarded by tests that the data was
429 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_LST(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) \
430 ? VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->backlinks \
432 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) \
433 ? &VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->backlinks \
435 #define VAR_LOC_FROM(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->from)
436 #define VAR_LOC_DEPTH(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->depth)
437 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) \
438 ? &VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->deps \
443 typedef unsigned int dvuid
;
445 /* Return the uid of DV. */
448 dv_uid (decl_or_value dv
)
450 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
451 return CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (dv
))->uid
;
453 return DECL_UID (dv_as_decl (dv
));
456 /* Compute the hash from the uid. */
458 static inline hashval_t
459 dv_uid2hash (dvuid uid
)
464 /* The hash function for a mask table in a shared_htab chain. */
466 static inline hashval_t
467 dv_htab_hash (decl_or_value dv
)
469 return dv_uid2hash (dv_uid (dv
));
472 static void variable_htab_free (void *);
474 /* Variable hashtable helpers. */
476 struct variable_hasher
: pointer_hash
<variable
>
478 typedef void *compare_type
;
479 static inline hashval_t
hash (const variable
*);
480 static inline bool equal (const variable
*, const void *);
481 static inline void remove (variable
*);
484 /* The hash function for variable_htab, computes the hash value
485 from the declaration of variable X. */
488 variable_hasher::hash (const variable
*v
)
490 return dv_htab_hash (v
->dv
);
493 /* Compare the declaration of variable X with declaration Y. */
496 variable_hasher::equal (const variable
*v
, const void *y
)
498 decl_or_value dv
= CONST_CAST2 (decl_or_value
, const void *, y
);
500 return (dv_as_opaque (v
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
));
503 /* Free the element of VARIABLE_HTAB (its type is struct variable_def). */
506 variable_hasher::remove (variable
*var
)
508 variable_htab_free (var
);
511 typedef hash_table
<variable_hasher
> variable_table_type
;
512 typedef variable_table_type::iterator variable_iterator_type
;
514 /* Structure for passing some other parameters to function
515 emit_note_insn_var_location. */
516 struct emit_note_data
518 /* The instruction which the note will be emitted before/after. */
521 /* Where the note will be emitted (before/after insn)? */
522 enum emit_note_where where
;
524 /* The variables and values active at this point. */
525 variable_table_type
*vars
;
528 /* Structure holding a refcounted hash table. If refcount > 1,
529 it must be first unshared before modified. */
532 /* Reference count. */
535 /* Actual hash table. */
536 variable_table_type
*htab
;
539 /* Structure holding the IN or OUT set for a basic block. */
542 /* Adjustment of stack offset. */
543 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust
;
545 /* Attributes for registers (lists of attrs). */
546 attrs
*regs
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
548 /* Variable locations. */
551 /* Vars that is being traversed. */
552 shared_hash
*traversed_vars
;
555 /* The structure (one for each basic block) containing the information
556 needed for variable tracking. */
557 struct variable_tracking_info
559 /* The vector of micro operations. */
560 vec
<micro_operation
> mos
;
562 /* The IN and OUT set for dataflow analysis. */
566 /* The permanent-in dataflow set for this block. This is used to
567 hold values for which we had to compute entry values. ??? This
568 should probably be dynamically allocated, to avoid using more
569 memory in non-debug builds. */
572 /* Has the block been visited in DFS? */
575 /* Has the block been flooded in VTA? */
580 /* Alloc pool for struct attrs_def. */
581 object_allocator
<attrs
> attrs_pool ("attrs pool");
583 /* Alloc pool for struct variable_def with MAX_VAR_PARTS entries. */
585 static pool_allocator var_pool
586 ("variable_def pool", sizeof (variable
) +
587 (MAX_VAR_PARTS
- 1) * sizeof (((variable
*)NULL
)->var_part
[0]));
589 /* Alloc pool for struct variable_def with a single var_part entry. */
590 static pool_allocator valvar_pool
591 ("small variable_def pool", sizeof (variable
));
593 /* Alloc pool for struct location_chain. */
594 static object_allocator
<location_chain
> location_chain_pool
595 ("location_chain pool");
597 /* Alloc pool for struct shared_hash. */
598 static object_allocator
<shared_hash
> shared_hash_pool ("shared_hash pool");
600 /* Alloc pool for struct loc_exp_dep_s for NOT_ONEPART variables. */
601 object_allocator
<loc_exp_dep
> loc_exp_dep_pool ("loc_exp_dep pool");
603 /* Changed variables, notes will be emitted for them. */
604 static variable_table_type
*changed_variables
;
606 /* Shall notes be emitted? */
607 static bool emit_notes
;
609 /* Values whose dynamic location lists have gone empty, but whose
610 cselib location lists are still usable. Use this to hold the
611 current location, the backlinks, etc, during emit_notes. */
612 static variable_table_type
*dropped_values
;
614 /* Empty shared hashtable. */
615 static shared_hash
*empty_shared_hash
;
617 /* Scratch register bitmap used by cselib_expand_value_rtx. */
618 static bitmap scratch_regs
= NULL
;
620 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
621 struct GTY(()) parm_reg
{
627 /* Vector of windowed parameter registers, if any. */
628 static vec
<parm_reg
, va_gc
> *windowed_parm_regs
= NULL
;
631 /* Variable used to tell whether cselib_process_insn called our hook. */
632 static bool cselib_hook_called
;
634 /* Local function prototypes. */
635 static void stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*,
637 static void insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx_insn
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
*,
639 static bool vt_stack_adjustments (void);
641 static void init_attrs_list_set (attrs
**);
642 static void attrs_list_clear (attrs
**);
643 static attrs
*attrs_list_member (attrs
*, decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
644 static void attrs_list_insert (attrs
**, decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
);
645 static void attrs_list_copy (attrs
**, attrs
*);
646 static void attrs_list_union (attrs
**, attrs
*);
648 static variable
**unshare_variable (dataflow_set
*set
, variable
**slot
,
649 variable
*var
, enum var_init_status
);
650 static void vars_copy (variable_table_type
*, variable_table_type
*);
651 static tree
var_debug_decl (tree
);
652 static void var_reg_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
653 static void var_reg_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool,
654 enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
655 static void var_reg_delete (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool);
656 static void var_regno_delete (dataflow_set
*, int);
657 static void var_mem_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
658 static void var_mem_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool,
659 enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
660 static void var_mem_delete (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool);
662 static void dataflow_set_init (dataflow_set
*);
663 static void dataflow_set_clear (dataflow_set
*);
664 static void dataflow_set_copy (dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set
*);
665 static int variable_union_info_cmp_pos (const void *, const void *);
666 static void dataflow_set_union (dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set
*);
667 static location_chain
*find_loc_in_1pdv (rtx
, variable
*,
668 variable_table_type
*);
669 static bool canon_value_cmp (rtx
, rtx
);
670 static int loc_cmp (rtx
, rtx
);
671 static bool variable_part_different_p (variable_part
*, variable_part
*);
672 static bool onepart_variable_different_p (variable
*, variable
*);
673 static bool variable_different_p (variable
*, variable
*);
674 static bool dataflow_set_different (dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set
*);
675 static void dataflow_set_destroy (dataflow_set
*);
677 static bool track_expr_p (tree
, bool);
678 static void add_uses_1 (rtx
*, void *);
679 static void add_stores (rtx
, const_rtx
, void *);
680 static bool compute_bb_dataflow (basic_block
);
681 static bool vt_find_locations (void);
683 static void dump_attrs_list (attrs
*);
684 static void dump_var (variable
*);
685 static void dump_vars (variable_table_type
*);
686 static void dump_dataflow_set (dataflow_set
*);
687 static void dump_dataflow_sets (void);
689 static void set_dv_changed (decl_or_value
, bool);
690 static void variable_was_changed (variable
*, dataflow_set
*);
691 static variable
**set_slot_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, variable
**,
692 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
693 enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
694 static void set_variable_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
695 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
696 enum var_init_status
, rtx
, enum insert_option
);
697 static variable
**clobber_slot_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
698 variable
**, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
);
699 static void clobber_variable_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
700 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
);
701 static variable
**delete_slot_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, variable
**,
703 static void delete_variable_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
704 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
705 static void emit_notes_in_bb (basic_block
, dataflow_set
*);
706 static void vt_emit_notes (void);
708 static void vt_add_function_parameters (void);
709 static bool vt_initialize (void);
710 static void vt_finalize (void);
712 /* Callback for stack_adjust_offset_pre_post, called via for_each_inc_dec. */
715 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb (rtx
, rtx op
, rtx dest
, rtx src
, rtx srcoff
,
718 if (dest
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
721 switch (GET_CODE (op
))
725 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
*)arg
)[0] -= INTVAL (srcoff
);
729 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
*)arg
)[1] -= INTVAL (srcoff
);
733 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
734 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) == PLUS
735 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1))
736 && XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
737 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
*)arg
)[GET_CODE (op
) == POST_MODIFY
]
738 -= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
745 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains
746 PRE- and POST-modifying stack pointer.
747 This function is similar to stack_adjust_offset. */
750 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*pre
,
753 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
754 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
757 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
759 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
760 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
761 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
762 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
763 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
767 *post
+= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
769 *post
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
772 HOST_WIDE_INT res
[2] = { 0, 0 };
773 for_each_inc_dec (pattern
, stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb
, res
);
778 /* Given an INSN, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains
779 PRE- and POST-modifying stack pointer. */
782 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx_insn
*insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*pre
,
790 pattern
= PATTERN (insn
);
791 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
793 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
795 pattern
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
798 if (GET_CODE (pattern
) == SET
)
799 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (pattern
, pre
, post
);
800 else if (GET_CODE (pattern
) == PARALLEL
801 || GET_CODE (pattern
) == SEQUENCE
)
805 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
807 for ( i
= XVECLEN (pattern
, 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
808 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pattern
, 0, i
)) == SET
)
809 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (XVECEXP (pattern
, 0, i
), pre
, post
);
813 /* Compute stack adjustments for all blocks by traversing DFS tree.
814 Return true when the adjustments on all incoming edges are consistent.
815 Heavily borrowed from pre_and_rev_post_order_compute. */
818 vt_stack_adjustments (void)
820 edge_iterator
*stack
;
823 /* Initialize entry block. */
824 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->visited
= true;
825 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->in
.stack_adjust
826 = INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
;
827 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->out
.stack_adjust
828 = INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
;
830 /* Allocate stack for back-tracking up CFG. */
831 stack
= XNEWVEC (edge_iterator
, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) + 1);
834 /* Push the first edge on to the stack. */
835 stack
[sp
++] = ei_start (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
)->succs
);
843 /* Look at the edge on the top of the stack. */
845 src
= ei_edge (ei
)->src
;
846 dest
= ei_edge (ei
)->dest
;
848 /* Check if the edge destination has been visited yet. */
849 if (!VTI (dest
)->visited
)
852 HOST_WIDE_INT pre
, post
, offset
;
853 VTI (dest
)->visited
= true;
854 VTI (dest
)->in
.stack_adjust
= offset
= VTI (src
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
856 if (dest
!= EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))
857 for (insn
= BB_HEAD (dest
);
858 insn
!= NEXT_INSN (BB_END (dest
));
859 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
862 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (insn
, &pre
, &post
);
863 offset
+= pre
+ post
;
866 VTI (dest
)->out
.stack_adjust
= offset
;
868 if (EDGE_COUNT (dest
->succs
) > 0)
869 /* Since the DEST node has been visited for the first
870 time, check its successors. */
871 stack
[sp
++] = ei_start (dest
->succs
);
875 /* We can end up with different stack adjustments for the exit block
876 of a shrink-wrapped function if stack_adjust_offset_pre_post
877 doesn't understand the rtx pattern used to restore the stack
878 pointer in the epilogue. For example, on s390(x), the stack
879 pointer is often restored via a load-multiple instruction
880 and so no stack_adjust offset is recorded for it. This means
881 that the stack offset at the end of the epilogue block is the
882 same as the offset before the epilogue, whereas other paths
883 to the exit block will have the correct stack_adjust.
885 It is safe to ignore these differences because (a) we never
886 use the stack_adjust for the exit block in this pass and
887 (b) dwarf2cfi checks whether the CFA notes in a shrink-wrapped
888 function are correct.
890 We must check whether the adjustments on other edges are
892 if (dest
!= EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
)
893 && VTI (dest
)->in
.stack_adjust
!= VTI (src
)->out
.stack_adjust
)
899 if (! ei_one_before_end_p (ei
))
900 /* Go to the next edge. */
901 ei_next (&stack
[sp
- 1]);
903 /* Return to previous level if there are no more edges. */
912 /* arg_pointer_rtx resp. frame_pointer_rtx if stack_pointer_rtx or
913 hard_frame_pointer_rtx is being mapped to it and offset for it. */
914 static rtx cfa_base_rtx
;
915 static HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_base_offset
;
917 /* Compute a CFA-based value for an ADJUSTMENT made to stack_pointer_rtx
918 or hard_frame_pointer_rtx. */
921 compute_cfa_pointer (poly_int64 adjustment
)
923 return plus_constant (Pmode
, cfa_base_rtx
, adjustment
+ cfa_base_offset
);
926 /* Adjustment for hard_frame_pointer_rtx to cfa base reg,
927 or -1 if the replacement shouldn't be done. */
928 static poly_int64 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= -1;
930 /* Data for adjust_mems callback. */
932 class adjust_mem_data
936 machine_mode mem_mode
;
937 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust
;
938 auto_vec
<rtx
> side_effects
;
941 /* Helper for adjust_mems. Return true if X is suitable for
942 transformation of wider mode arithmetics to narrower mode. */
945 use_narrower_mode_test (rtx x
, const_rtx subreg
)
947 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
948 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, x
, NONCONST
)
952 iter
.skip_subrtxes ();
954 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
957 if (cselib_lookup (x
, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (subreg
)), 0, VOIDmode
))
959 if (!validate_subreg (GET_MODE (subreg
), GET_MODE (x
), x
,
960 subreg_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (subreg
),
969 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) != VOIDmode
)
971 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (subreg
);
972 rtx op1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
973 enum machine_mode op1_mode
= GET_MODE (op1
);
974 if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
))
975 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op1_mode
)))
977 poly_uint64 byte
= subreg_lowpart_offset (mode
, op1_mode
);
978 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == SUBREG
|| GET_CODE (op1
) == CONCAT
)
980 if (!simplify_subreg (mode
, op1
, op1_mode
, byte
))
983 else if (!validate_subreg (mode
, op1_mode
, op1
, byte
))
987 iter
.substitute (XEXP (x
, 0));
996 /* Transform X into narrower mode MODE from wider mode WMODE. */
999 use_narrower_mode (rtx x
, scalar_int_mode mode
, scalar_int_mode wmode
)
1003 return lowpart_subreg (mode
, x
, wmode
);
1004 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
1007 return lowpart_subreg (mode
, x
, wmode
);
1011 op0
= use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), mode
, wmode
);
1012 op1
= use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x
, 1), mode
, wmode
);
1013 return simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (x
), mode
, op0
, op1
);
1015 op0
= use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), mode
, wmode
);
1017 /* Ensure shift amount is not wider than mode. */
1018 if (GET_MODE (op1
) == VOIDmode
)
1019 op1
= lowpart_subreg (mode
, op1
, wmode
);
1020 else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
)
1021 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (op1
))))
1022 op1
= lowpart_subreg (mode
, op1
, GET_MODE (op1
));
1023 return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT
, mode
, op0
, op1
);
1029 /* Helper function for adjusting used MEMs. */
1032 adjust_mems (rtx loc
, const_rtx old_rtx
, void *data
)
1034 class adjust_mem_data
*amd
= (class adjust_mem_data
*) data
;
1035 rtx mem
, addr
= loc
, tem
;
1036 machine_mode mem_mode_save
;
1038 scalar_int_mode tem_mode
, tem_subreg_mode
;
1040 switch (GET_CODE (loc
))
1043 /* Don't do any sp or fp replacements outside of MEM addresses
1045 if (amd
->mem_mode
== VOIDmode
&& amd
->store
)
1047 if (loc
== stack_pointer_rtx
1048 && !frame_pointer_needed
1050 return compute_cfa_pointer (amd
->stack_adjust
);
1051 else if (loc
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1052 && frame_pointer_needed
1053 && maybe_ne (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
, -1)
1055 return compute_cfa_pointer (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
);
1056 gcc_checking_assert (loc
!= virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
1062 mem
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (mem
);
1063 if (mem
!= loc
&& !MEM_P (mem
))
1064 return simplify_replace_fn_rtx (mem
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1067 addr
= XEXP (mem
, 0);
1068 mem_mode_save
= amd
->mem_mode
;
1069 amd
->mem_mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
1070 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1072 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1073 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1074 amd
->mem_mode
= mem_mode_save
;
1076 addr
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (addr
);
1077 if (addr
!= XEXP (mem
, 0))
1078 mem
= replace_equiv_address_nv (mem
, addr
);
1080 mem
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (mem
);
1084 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (amd
->mem_mode
);
1085 addr
= plus_constant (GET_MODE (loc
), XEXP (loc
, 0),
1086 GET_CODE (loc
) == PRE_INC
? size
: -size
);
1091 addr
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
1092 gcc_assert (amd
->mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& amd
->mem_mode
!= BLKmode
);
1093 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1094 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (amd
->mem_mode
);
1095 tem
= plus_constant (GET_MODE (loc
), XEXP (loc
, 0),
1096 (GET_CODE (loc
) == PRE_INC
1097 || GET_CODE (loc
) == POST_INC
) ? size
: -size
);
1098 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1100 tem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (tem
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1101 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1102 amd
->side_effects
.safe_push (gen_rtx_SET (XEXP (loc
, 0), tem
));
1105 addr
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
1109 addr
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
1110 gcc_assert (amd
->mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
);
1111 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1112 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1114 tem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (loc
, 1), old_rtx
,
1116 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1117 amd
->side_effects
.safe_push (gen_rtx_SET (XEXP (loc
, 0), tem
));
1120 /* First try without delegitimization of whole MEMs and
1121 avoid_constant_pool_reference, which is more likely to succeed. */
1122 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1124 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SUBREG_REG (loc
), old_rtx
, adjust_mems
,
1126 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1127 mem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1128 if (mem
== SUBREG_REG (loc
))
1133 tem
= simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (loc
), mem
,
1134 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (loc
)),
1138 tem
= simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (loc
), addr
,
1139 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (loc
)),
1141 if (tem
== NULL_RTX
)
1142 tem
= gen_rtx_raw_SUBREG (GET_MODE (loc
), addr
, SUBREG_BYTE (loc
));
1144 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
1145 && GET_CODE (tem
) == SUBREG
1146 && (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == PLUS
1147 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == MINUS
1148 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == MULT
1149 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == ASHIFT
)
1150 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (tem
), &tem_mode
)
1151 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)),
1153 && (GET_MODE_PRECISION (tem_mode
)
1154 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (tem_subreg_mode
))
1155 && subreg_lowpart_p (tem
)
1156 && use_narrower_mode_test (SUBREG_REG (tem
), tem
))
1157 return use_narrower_mode (SUBREG_REG (tem
), tem_mode
, tem_subreg_mode
);
1160 /* Don't do any replacements in second and following
1161 ASM_OPERANDS of inline-asm with multiple sets.
1162 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC, ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC
1163 and ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC need to be equal between
1164 all the ASM_OPERANDs in the insn and adjust_insn will
1166 if (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (loc
) != 0)
1175 /* Helper function for replacement of uses. */
1178 adjust_mem_uses (rtx
*x
, void *data
)
1180 rtx new_x
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (*x
, NULL_RTX
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1182 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, x
, new_x
, true);
1185 /* Helper function for replacement of stores. */
1188 adjust_mem_stores (rtx loc
, const_rtx expr
, void *data
)
1192 rtx new_dest
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SET_DEST (expr
), NULL_RTX
,
1194 if (new_dest
!= SET_DEST (expr
))
1196 rtx xexpr
= CONST_CAST_RTX (expr
);
1197 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &SET_DEST (xexpr
), new_dest
, true);
1202 /* Simplify INSN. Remove all {PRE,POST}_{INC,DEC,MODIFY} rtxes,
1203 replace them with their value in the insn and add the side-effects
1204 as other sets to the insn. */
1207 adjust_insn (basic_block bb
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
1211 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
1212 /* If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
1213 transformation OUTGOING_REGNO -> INCOMING_REGNO is done there. */
1214 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
)
1215 && find_reg_note (insn
, REG_CFA_WINDOW_SAVE
, NULL_RTX
))
1217 unsigned int i
, nregs
= vec_safe_length (windowed_parm_regs
);
1218 rtx rtl
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (nregs
* 2));
1221 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (windowed_parm_regs
, i
, p
)
1223 XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, i
* 2)
1224 = gen_rtx_SET (p
->incoming
, p
->outgoing
);
1225 /* Do not clobber the attached DECL, but only the REG. */
1226 XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, i
* 2 + 1)
1227 = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (p
->outgoing
),
1228 gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (p
->outgoing
),
1229 REGNO (p
->outgoing
)));
1232 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &PATTERN (insn
), rtl
, true);
1237 adjust_mem_data amd
;
1238 amd
.mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
1239 amd
.stack_adjust
= -VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
1242 note_stores (insn
, adjust_mem_stores
, &amd
);
1245 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1246 && asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn
)) > 0
1247 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 0)) == SET
)
1252 /* inline-asm with multiple sets is tiny bit more complicated,
1253 because the 3 vectors in ASM_OPERANDS need to be shared between
1254 all ASM_OPERANDS in the instruction. adjust_mems will
1255 not touch ASM_OPERANDS other than the first one, asm_noperands
1256 test above needs to be called before that (otherwise it would fail)
1257 and afterwards this code fixes it up. */
1258 note_uses (&PATTERN (insn
), adjust_mem_uses
, &amd
);
1259 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1260 set0
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0);
1261 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (set0
) == SET
1262 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set0
)) == ASM_OPERANDS
1263 && ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (SET_SRC (set0
)) == 0);
1264 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1265 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)) != SET
)
1269 set
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
);
1270 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == ASM_OPERANDS
1271 && ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (SET_SRC (set
))
1273 if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set
))
1274 != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
))
1275 || ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set
))
1276 != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
))
1277 || ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set
))
1278 != ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
)))
1280 rtx newsrc
= shallow_copy_rtx (SET_SRC (set
));
1281 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (newsrc
)
1282 = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
));
1283 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (newsrc
)
1284 = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
));
1285 ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (newsrc
)
1286 = ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
));
1287 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &SET_SRC (set
), newsrc
, true);
1292 note_uses (&PATTERN (insn
), adjust_mem_uses
, &amd
);
1294 /* For read-only MEMs containing some constant, prefer those
1296 set
= single_set (insn
);
1297 if (set
&& MEM_P (SET_SRC (set
)) && MEM_READONLY_P (SET_SRC (set
)))
1299 rtx note
= find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn
);
1301 if (note
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note
, 0)))
1302 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &SET_SRC (set
), XEXP (note
, 0), true);
1305 if (!amd
.side_effects
.is_empty ())
1310 pat
= &PATTERN (insn
);
1311 if (GET_CODE (*pat
) == COND_EXEC
)
1312 pat
= &COND_EXEC_CODE (*pat
);
1313 if (GET_CODE (*pat
) == PARALLEL
)
1314 oldn
= XVECLEN (*pat
, 0);
1317 unsigned int newn
= amd
.side_effects
.length ();
1318 new_pat
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (oldn
+ newn
));
1319 if (GET_CODE (*pat
) == PARALLEL
)
1320 for (i
= 0; i
< oldn
; i
++)
1321 XVECEXP (new_pat
, 0, i
) = XVECEXP (*pat
, 0, i
);
1323 XVECEXP (new_pat
, 0, 0) = *pat
;
1327 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT_REVERSE (amd
.side_effects
, j
, effect
)
1328 XVECEXP (new_pat
, 0, j
+ oldn
) = effect
;
1329 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, pat
, new_pat
, true);
1333 /* Return the DEBUG_EXPR of a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL or the VALUE in DV. */
1335 dv_as_rtx (decl_or_value dv
)
1339 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
1340 return dv_as_value (dv
);
1342 decl
= dv_as_decl (dv
);
1344 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
);
1345 return DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (decl
);
1348 /* Return nonzero if a decl_or_value must not have more than one
1349 variable part. The returned value discriminates among various
1350 kinds of one-part DVs ccording to enum onepart_enum. */
1351 static inline onepart_enum
1352 dv_onepart_p (decl_or_value dv
)
1356 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
1359 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
1360 return ONEPART_VALUE
;
1362 decl
= dv_as_decl (dv
);
1364 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
)
1365 return ONEPART_DEXPR
;
1367 if (target_for_debug_bind (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
1368 return ONEPART_VDECL
;
1373 /* Return the variable pool to be used for a dv of type ONEPART. */
1374 static inline pool_allocator
&
1375 onepart_pool (onepart_enum onepart
)
1377 return onepart
? valvar_pool
: var_pool
;
1380 /* Allocate a variable_def from the corresponding variable pool. */
1381 static inline variable
*
1382 onepart_pool_allocate (onepart_enum onepart
)
1384 return (variable
*) onepart_pool (onepart
).allocate ();
1387 /* Build a decl_or_value out of a decl. */
1388 static inline decl_or_value
1389 dv_from_decl (tree decl
)
1393 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_decl_p (dv
));
1397 /* Build a decl_or_value out of a value. */
1398 static inline decl_or_value
1399 dv_from_value (rtx value
)
1403 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_value_p (dv
));
1407 /* Return a value or the decl of a debug_expr as a decl_or_value. */
1408 static inline decl_or_value
1413 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
1416 dv
= dv_from_decl (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
));
1417 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
)) == x
);
1421 dv
= dv_from_value (x
);
1431 extern void debug_dv (decl_or_value dv
);
1434 debug_dv (decl_or_value dv
)
1436 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
1437 debug_rtx (dv_as_value (dv
));
1439 debug_generic_stmt (dv_as_decl (dv
));
1442 static void loc_exp_dep_clear (variable
*var
);
1444 /* Free the element of VARIABLE_HTAB (its type is struct variable_def). */
1447 variable_htab_free (void *elem
)
1450 variable
*var
= (variable
*) elem
;
1451 location_chain
*node
, *next
;
1453 gcc_checking_assert (var
->refcount
> 0);
1456 if (var
->refcount
> 0)
1459 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
1461 for (node
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= next
)
1466 var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
= NULL
;
1468 if (var
->onepart
&& VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
1470 loc_exp_dep_clear (var
);
1471 if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
))
1472 VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
)->pprev
= NULL
;
1473 XDELETE (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
));
1474 /* These may be reused across functions, so reset
1476 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
1477 set_dv_changed (var
->dv
, true);
1479 onepart_pool (var
->onepart
).remove (var
);
1482 /* Initialize the set (array) SET of attrs to empty lists. */
1485 init_attrs_list_set (attrs
**set
)
1489 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
1493 /* Make the list *LISTP empty. */
1496 attrs_list_clear (attrs
**listp
)
1500 for (list
= *listp
; list
; list
= next
)
1508 /* Return true if the pair of DECL and OFFSET is the member of the LIST. */
1511 attrs_list_member (attrs
*list
, decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1513 for (; list
; list
= list
->next
)
1514 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
) && list
->offset
== offset
)
1519 /* Insert the triplet DECL, OFFSET, LOC to the list *LISTP. */
1522 attrs_list_insert (attrs
**listp
, decl_or_value dv
,
1523 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx loc
)
1525 attrs
*list
= new attrs
;
1528 list
->offset
= offset
;
1529 list
->next
= *listp
;
1533 /* Copy all nodes from SRC and create a list *DSTP of the copies. */
1536 attrs_list_copy (attrs
**dstp
, attrs
*src
)
1538 attrs_list_clear (dstp
);
1539 for (; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1541 attrs
*n
= new attrs
;
1544 n
->offset
= src
->offset
;
1550 /* Add all nodes from SRC which are not in *DSTP to *DSTP. */
1553 attrs_list_union (attrs
**dstp
, attrs
*src
)
1555 for (; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1557 if (!attrs_list_member (*dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
))
1558 attrs_list_insert (dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
, src
->loc
);
1562 /* Combine nodes that are not onepart nodes from SRC and SRC2 into
1566 attrs_list_mpdv_union (attrs
**dstp
, attrs
*src
, attrs
*src2
)
1568 gcc_assert (!*dstp
);
1569 for (; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1571 if (!dv_onepart_p (src
->dv
))
1572 attrs_list_insert (dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
, src
->loc
);
1574 for (src
= src2
; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1576 if (!dv_onepart_p (src
->dv
)
1577 && !attrs_list_member (*dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
))
1578 attrs_list_insert (dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
, src
->loc
);
1582 /* Shared hashtable support. */
1584 /* Return true if VARS is shared. */
1587 shared_hash_shared (shared_hash
*vars
)
1589 return vars
->refcount
> 1;
1592 /* Return the hash table for VARS. */
1594 static inline variable_table_type
*
1595 shared_hash_htab (shared_hash
*vars
)
1600 /* Return true if VAR is shared, or maybe because VARS is shared. */
1603 shared_var_p (variable
*var
, shared_hash
*vars
)
1605 /* Don't count an entry in the changed_variables table as a duplicate. */
1606 return ((var
->refcount
> 1 + (int) var
->in_changed_variables
)
1607 || shared_hash_shared (vars
));
1610 /* Copy variables into a new hash table. */
1612 static shared_hash
*
1613 shared_hash_unshare (shared_hash
*vars
)
1615 shared_hash
*new_vars
= new shared_hash
;
1616 gcc_assert (vars
->refcount
> 1);
1617 new_vars
->refcount
= 1;
1618 new_vars
->htab
= new variable_table_type (vars
->htab
->elements () + 3);
1619 vars_copy (new_vars
->htab
, vars
->htab
);
1624 /* Increment reference counter on VARS and return it. */
1626 static inline shared_hash
*
1627 shared_hash_copy (shared_hash
*vars
)
1633 /* Decrement reference counter and destroy hash table if not shared
1637 shared_hash_destroy (shared_hash
*vars
)
1639 gcc_checking_assert (vars
->refcount
> 0);
1640 if (--vars
->refcount
== 0)
1647 /* Unshare *PVARS if shared and return slot for DV. If INS is
1648 INSERT, insert it if not already present. */
1650 static inline variable
**
1651 shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (shared_hash
**pvars
, decl_or_value dv
,
1652 hashval_t dvhash
, enum insert_option ins
)
1654 if (shared_hash_shared (*pvars
))
1655 *pvars
= shared_hash_unshare (*pvars
);
1656 return shared_hash_htab (*pvars
)->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
, ins
);
1659 static inline variable
**
1660 shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (shared_hash
**pvars
, decl_or_value dv
,
1661 enum insert_option ins
)
1663 return shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (pvars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
), ins
);
1666 /* Return slot for DV, if it is already present in the hash table.
1667 If it is not present, insert it only VARS is not shared, otherwise
1670 static inline variable
**
1671 shared_hash_find_slot_1 (shared_hash
*vars
, decl_or_value dv
, hashval_t dvhash
)
1673 return shared_hash_htab (vars
)->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
,
1674 shared_hash_shared (vars
)
1675 ? NO_INSERT
: INSERT
);
1678 static inline variable
**
1679 shared_hash_find_slot (shared_hash
*vars
, decl_or_value dv
)
1681 return shared_hash_find_slot_1 (vars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
1684 /* Return slot for DV only if it is already present in the hash table. */
1686 static inline variable
**
1687 shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (shared_hash
*vars
, decl_or_value dv
,
1690 return shared_hash_htab (vars
)->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
, NO_INSERT
);
1693 static inline variable
**
1694 shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (shared_hash
*vars
, decl_or_value dv
)
1696 return shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (vars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
1699 /* Return variable for DV or NULL if not already present in the hash
1702 static inline variable
*
1703 shared_hash_find_1 (shared_hash
*vars
, decl_or_value dv
, hashval_t dvhash
)
1705 return shared_hash_htab (vars
)->find_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
);
1708 static inline variable
*
1709 shared_hash_find (shared_hash
*vars
, decl_or_value dv
)
1711 return shared_hash_find_1 (vars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
1714 /* Return true if TVAL is better than CVAL as a canonival value. We
1715 choose lowest-numbered VALUEs, using the RTX address as a
1716 tie-breaker. The idea is to arrange them into a star topology,
1717 such that all of them are at most one step away from the canonical
1718 value, and the canonical value has backlinks to all of them, in
1719 addition to all the actual locations. We don't enforce this
1720 topology throughout the entire dataflow analysis, though.
1724 canon_value_cmp (rtx tval
, rtx cval
)
1727 || CSELIB_VAL_PTR (tval
)->uid
< CSELIB_VAL_PTR (cval
)->uid
;
1730 static bool dst_can_be_shared
;
1732 /* Return a copy of a variable VAR and insert it to dataflow set SET. */
1735 unshare_variable (dataflow_set
*set
, variable
**slot
, variable
*var
,
1736 enum var_init_status initialized
)
1741 new_var
= onepart_pool_allocate (var
->onepart
);
1742 new_var
->dv
= var
->dv
;
1743 new_var
->refcount
= 1;
1745 new_var
->n_var_parts
= var
->n_var_parts
;
1746 new_var
->onepart
= var
->onepart
;
1747 new_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
1749 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
1750 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
1752 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
1754 location_chain
*node
;
1755 location_chain
**nextp
;
1757 if (i
== 0 && var
->onepart
)
1759 /* One-part auxiliary data is only used while emitting
1760 notes, so propagate it to the new variable in the active
1761 dataflow set. If we're not emitting notes, this will be
1763 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) || emit_notes
);
1764 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
1765 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
1768 VAR_PART_OFFSET (new_var
, i
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
);
1769 nextp
= &new_var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
;
1770 for (node
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
1772 location_chain
*new_lc
;
1774 new_lc
= new location_chain
;
1775 new_lc
->next
= NULL
;
1776 if (node
->init
> initialized
)
1777 new_lc
->init
= node
->init
;
1779 new_lc
->init
= initialized
;
1780 if (node
->set_src
&& !(MEM_P (node
->set_src
)))
1781 new_lc
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
1783 new_lc
->set_src
= NULL
;
1784 new_lc
->loc
= node
->loc
;
1787 nextp
= &new_lc
->next
;
1790 new_var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
;
1793 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
1794 if (shared_hash_shared (set
->vars
))
1795 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, var
->dv
, NO_INSERT
);
1796 else if (set
->traversed_vars
&& set
->vars
!= set
->traversed_vars
)
1797 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, var
->dv
);
1799 if (var
->in_changed_variables
)
1802 = changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
,
1803 dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
),
1805 gcc_assert (*cslot
== (void *) var
);
1806 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
1807 variable_htab_free (var
);
1809 new_var
->in_changed_variables
= true;
1814 /* Copy all variables from hash table SRC to hash table DST. */
1817 vars_copy (variable_table_type
*dst
, variable_table_type
*src
)
1819 variable_iterator_type hi
;
1822 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*src
, var
, variable
, hi
)
1826 dstp
= dst
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
),
1832 /* Map a decl to its main debug decl. */
1835 var_debug_decl (tree decl
)
1837 if (decl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl
))
1839 tree debugdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
1840 if (DECL_P (debugdecl
))
1847 /* Set the register LOC to contain DV, OFFSET. */
1850 var_reg_decl_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
1851 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
,
1852 enum insert_option iopt
)
1855 bool decl_p
= dv_is_decl_p (dv
);
1858 dv
= dv_from_decl (var_debug_decl (dv_as_decl (dv
)));
1860 for (node
= set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)]; node
; node
= node
->next
)
1861 if (dv_as_opaque (node
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
)
1862 && node
->offset
== offset
)
1865 attrs_list_insert (&set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)], dv
, offset
, loc
);
1866 set_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv
, offset
, initialized
, set_src
, iopt
);
1869 /* Return true if we should track a location that is OFFSET bytes from
1870 a variable. Store the constant offset in *OFFSET_OUT if so. */
1873 track_offset_p (poly_int64 offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*offset_out
)
1875 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
1876 if (!offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
)
1877 || !IN_RANGE (const_offset
, 0, MAX_VAR_PARTS
- 1))
1879 *offset_out
= const_offset
;
1883 /* Return the offset of a register that track_offset_p says we
1886 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1887 get_tracked_reg_offset (rtx loc
)
1889 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1890 if (!track_offset_p (REG_OFFSET (loc
), &offset
))
1895 /* Set the register to contain REG_EXPR (LOC), REG_OFFSET (LOC). */
1898 var_reg_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
1901 tree decl
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
1902 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= get_tracked_reg_offset (loc
);
1904 var_reg_decl_set (set
, loc
, initialized
,
1905 dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
, INSERT
);
1908 static enum var_init_status
1909 get_init_value (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, decl_or_value dv
)
1913 enum var_init_status ret_val
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
;
1915 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
1916 return VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
1918 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
1921 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
&& ret_val
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
; i
++)
1923 location_chain
*nextp
;
1924 for (nextp
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; nextp
; nextp
= nextp
->next
)
1925 if (rtx_equal_p (nextp
->loc
, loc
))
1927 ret_val
= nextp
->init
;
1936 /* Delete current content of register LOC in dataflow set SET and set
1937 the register to contain REG_EXPR (LOC), REG_OFFSET (LOC). If
1938 MODIFY is true, any other live copies of the same variable part are
1939 also deleted from the dataflow set, otherwise the variable part is
1940 assumed to be copied from another location holding the same
1944 var_reg_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool modify
,
1945 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
)
1947 tree decl
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
1948 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= get_tracked_reg_offset (loc
);
1952 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
1954 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
1955 initialized
= get_init_value (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
));
1957 nextp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)];
1958 for (node
= *nextp
; node
; node
= next
)
1961 if (dv_as_opaque (node
->dv
) != decl
|| node
->offset
!= offset
)
1963 delete_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
);
1970 nextp
= &node
->next
;
1974 clobber_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
);
1975 var_reg_set (set
, loc
, initialized
, set_src
);
1978 /* Delete the association of register LOC in dataflow set SET with any
1979 variables that aren't onepart. If CLOBBER is true, also delete any
1980 other live copies of the same variable part, and delete the
1981 association with onepart dvs too. */
1984 var_reg_delete (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool clobber
)
1986 attrs
**nextp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)];
1989 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1990 if (clobber
&& track_offset_p (REG_OFFSET (loc
), &offset
))
1992 tree decl
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
1994 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
1996 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, NULL
);
1999 for (node
= *nextp
; node
; node
= next
)
2002 if (clobber
|| !dv_onepart_p (node
->dv
))
2004 delete_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
);
2009 nextp
= &node
->next
;
2013 /* Delete content of register with number REGNO in dataflow set SET. */
2016 var_regno_delete (dataflow_set
*set
, int regno
)
2018 attrs
**reg
= &set
->regs
[regno
];
2021 for (node
= *reg
; node
; node
= next
)
2024 delete_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
);
2030 /* Return true if I is the negated value of a power of two. */
2032 negative_power_of_two_p (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
2034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT x
= -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)i
;
2035 return pow2_or_zerop (x
);
2038 /* Strip constant offsets and alignments off of LOC. Return the base
2042 vt_get_canonicalize_base (rtx loc
)
2044 while ((GET_CODE (loc
) == PLUS
2045 || GET_CODE (loc
) == AND
)
2046 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
, 1)) == CONST_INT
2047 && (GET_CODE (loc
) != AND
2048 || negative_power_of_two_p (INTVAL (XEXP (loc
, 1)))))
2049 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
2054 /* This caches canonicalized addresses for VALUEs, computed using
2055 information in the global cselib table. */
2056 static hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
> *global_get_addr_cache
;
2058 /* This caches canonicalized addresses for VALUEs, computed using
2059 information from the global cache and information pertaining to a
2060 basic block being analyzed. */
2061 static hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
> *local_get_addr_cache
;
2063 static rtx
vt_canonicalize_addr (dataflow_set
*, rtx
);
2065 /* Return the canonical address for LOC, that must be a VALUE, using a
2066 cached global equivalence or computing it and storing it in the
2070 get_addr_from_global_cache (rtx
const loc
)
2074 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
);
2077 rtx
*slot
= &global_get_addr_cache
->get_or_insert (loc
, &existed
);
2081 x
= canon_rtx (get_addr (loc
));
2083 /* Tentative, avoiding infinite recursion. */
2088 rtx nx
= vt_canonicalize_addr (NULL
, x
);
2091 /* The table may have moved during recursion, recompute
2093 *global_get_addr_cache
->get (loc
) = x
= nx
;
2100 /* Return the canonical address for LOC, that must be a VALUE, using a
2101 cached local equivalence or computing it and storing it in the
2105 get_addr_from_local_cache (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx
const loc
)
2112 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
);
2115 rtx
*slot
= &local_get_addr_cache
->get_or_insert (loc
, &existed
);
2119 x
= get_addr_from_global_cache (loc
);
2121 /* Tentative, avoiding infinite recursion. */
2124 /* Recurse to cache local expansion of X, or if we need to search
2125 for a VALUE in the expansion. */
2128 rtx nx
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, x
);
2131 slot
= local_get_addr_cache
->get (loc
);
2137 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
2138 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
2142 /* Look for an improved equivalent expression. */
2143 for (l
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
2145 rtx base
= vt_get_canonicalize_base (l
->loc
);
2146 if (GET_CODE (base
) == VALUE
2147 && canon_value_cmp (base
, loc
))
2149 rtx nx
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, l
->loc
);
2152 slot
= local_get_addr_cache
->get (loc
);
2162 /* Canonicalize LOC using equivalences from SET in addition to those
2163 in the cselib static table. It expects a VALUE-based expression,
2164 and it will only substitute VALUEs with other VALUEs or
2165 function-global equivalences, so that, if two addresses have base
2166 VALUEs that are locally or globally related in ways that
2167 memrefs_conflict_p cares about, they will both canonicalize to
2168 expressions that have the same base VALUE.
2170 The use of VALUEs as canonical base addresses enables the canonical
2171 RTXs to remain unchanged globally, if they resolve to a constant,
2172 or throughout a basic block otherwise, so that they can be cached
2173 and the cache needs not be invalidated when REGs, MEMs or such
2177 vt_canonicalize_addr (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx oloc
)
2179 poly_int64 ofst
= 0, term
;
2180 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (oloc
);
2187 while (GET_CODE (loc
) == PLUS
2188 && poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (loc
, 1), &term
))
2191 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
2194 /* Alignment operations can't normally be combined, so just
2195 canonicalize the base and we're done. We'll normally have
2196 only one stack alignment anyway. */
2197 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == AND
2198 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
, 1)) == CONST_INT
2199 && negative_power_of_two_p (INTVAL (XEXP (loc
, 1))))
2201 x
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, XEXP (loc
, 0));
2202 if (x
!= XEXP (loc
, 0))
2203 loc
= gen_rtx_AND (mode
, x
, XEXP (loc
, 1));
2207 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
)
2210 loc
= get_addr_from_local_cache (set
, loc
);
2212 loc
= get_addr_from_global_cache (loc
);
2214 /* Consolidate plus_constants. */
2215 while (maybe_ne (ofst
, 0)
2216 && GET_CODE (loc
) == PLUS
2217 && poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (loc
, 1), &term
))
2220 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
2227 x
= canon_rtx (loc
);
2234 /* Add OFST back in. */
2235 if (maybe_ne (ofst
, 0))
2237 /* Don't build new RTL if we can help it. */
2238 if (strip_offset (oloc
, &term
) == loc
&& known_eq (term
, ofst
))
2241 loc
= plus_constant (mode
, loc
, ofst
);
2247 /* Return true iff there's a true dependence between MLOC and LOC.
2248 MADDR must be a canonicalized version of MLOC's address. */
2251 vt_canon_true_dep (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx mloc
, rtx maddr
, rtx loc
)
2253 if (GET_CODE (loc
) != MEM
)
2256 rtx addr
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, XEXP (loc
, 0));
2257 if (!canon_true_dependence (mloc
, GET_MODE (mloc
), maddr
, loc
, addr
))
2263 /* Hold parameters for the hashtab traversal function
2264 drop_overlapping_mem_locs, see below. */
2266 struct overlapping_mems
2272 /* Remove all MEMs that overlap with COMS->LOC from the location list
2273 of a hash table entry for a onepart variable. COMS->ADDR must be a
2274 canonicalized form of COMS->LOC's address, and COMS->LOC must be
2275 canonicalized itself. */
2278 drop_overlapping_mem_locs (variable
**slot
, overlapping_mems
*coms
)
2280 dataflow_set
*set
= coms
->set
;
2281 rtx mloc
= coms
->loc
, addr
= coms
->addr
;
2282 variable
*var
= *slot
;
2284 if (var
->onepart
!= NOT_ONEPART
)
2286 location_chain
*loc
, **locp
;
2287 bool changed
= false;
2290 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2292 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
2294 for (loc
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2295 if (vt_canon_true_dep (set
, mloc
, addr
, loc
->loc
))
2301 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
2303 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2306 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
2307 cur_loc
= VAR_LOC_FROM (var
);
2309 cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
2311 for (locp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, loc
= *locp
;
2314 if (!vt_canon_true_dep (set
, mloc
, addr
, loc
->loc
))
2321 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
2322 we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
2323 of changed variables. */
2324 if (cur_loc
== loc
->loc
)
2327 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
2328 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
2329 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
2334 if (!var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
)
2340 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
2346 /* Remove from SET all VALUE bindings to MEMs that overlap with LOC. */
2349 clobber_overlapping_mems (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
)
2351 struct overlapping_mems coms
;
2353 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
);
2356 coms
.loc
= canon_rtx (loc
);
2357 coms
.addr
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, XEXP (loc
, 0));
2359 set
->traversed_vars
= set
->vars
;
2360 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
2361 ->traverse
<overlapping_mems
*, drop_overlapping_mem_locs
> (&coms
);
2362 set
->traversed_vars
= NULL
;
2365 /* Set the location of DV, OFFSET as the MEM LOC. */
2368 var_mem_decl_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
2369 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
,
2370 enum insert_option iopt
)
2372 if (dv_is_decl_p (dv
))
2373 dv
= dv_from_decl (var_debug_decl (dv_as_decl (dv
)));
2375 set_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv
, offset
, initialized
, set_src
, iopt
);
2378 /* Set the location part of variable MEM_EXPR (LOC) in dataflow set
2380 Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based. */
2383 var_mem_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
2386 tree decl
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= int_mem_offset (loc
);
2389 var_mem_decl_set (set
, loc
, initialized
,
2390 dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
, INSERT
);
2393 /* Delete and set the location part of variable MEM_EXPR (LOC) in
2394 dataflow set SET to LOC. If MODIFY is true, any other live copies
2395 of the same variable part are also deleted from the dataflow set,
2396 otherwise the variable part is assumed to be copied from another
2397 location holding the same part.
2398 Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based. */
2401 var_mem_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool modify
,
2402 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
)
2404 tree decl
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
2405 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= int_mem_offset (loc
);
2407 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, loc
);
2408 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
2410 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
2411 initialized
= get_init_value (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
));
2414 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
);
2415 var_mem_set (set
, loc
, initialized
, set_src
);
2418 /* Delete the location part LOC from dataflow set SET. If CLOBBER is
2419 true, also delete any other live copies of the same variable part.
2420 Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based. */
2423 var_mem_delete (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool clobber
)
2425 tree decl
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
2426 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= int_mem_offset (loc
);
2428 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, loc
);
2429 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
2431 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, NULL
);
2432 delete_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
);
2435 /* Return true if LOC should not be expanded for location expressions,
2439 unsuitable_loc (rtx loc
)
2441 switch (GET_CODE (loc
))
2455 /* Bind VAL to LOC in SET. If MODIFIED, detach LOC from any values
2459 val_bind (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx val
, rtx loc
, bool modified
)
2464 var_regno_delete (set
, REGNO (loc
));
2465 var_reg_decl_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
2466 dv_from_value (val
), 0, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2468 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
2470 struct elt_loc_list
*l
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (val
)->locs
;
2473 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, loc
);
2475 if (l
&& GET_CODE (l
->loc
) == VALUE
)
2476 l
= canonical_cselib_val (CSELIB_VAL_PTR (l
->loc
))->locs
;
2478 /* If this MEM is a global constant, we don't need it in the
2479 dynamic tables. ??? We should test this before emitting the
2480 micro-op in the first place. */
2482 if (GET_CODE (l
->loc
) == MEM
&& XEXP (l
->loc
, 0) == XEXP (loc
, 0))
2488 var_mem_decl_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
2489 dv_from_value (val
), 0, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2493 /* Other kinds of equivalences are necessarily static, at least
2494 so long as we do not perform substitutions while merging
2497 set_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv_from_value (val
), 0,
2498 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2502 /* Bind a value to a location it was just stored in. If MODIFIED
2503 holds, assume the location was modified, detaching it from any
2504 values bound to it. */
2507 val_store (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx val
, rtx loc
, rtx_insn
*insn
,
2510 cselib_val
*v
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (val
);
2512 gcc_assert (cselib_preserved_value_p (v
));
2516 fprintf (dump_file
, "%i: ", insn
? INSN_UID (insn
) : 0);
2517 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, loc
, 0);
2518 fprintf (dump_file
, " evaluates to ");
2519 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, val
, 0);
2522 struct elt_loc_list
*l
;
2523 for (l
= v
->locs
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
2525 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n%i: ", INSN_UID (l
->setting_insn
));
2526 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, l
->loc
, 0);
2529 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
2532 gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc
));
2534 val_bind (set
, val
, loc
, modified
);
2537 /* Clear (canonical address) slots that reference X. */
2540 local_get_addr_clear_given_value (rtx
const &, rtx
*slot
, rtx x
)
2542 if (vt_get_canonicalize_base (*slot
) == x
)
2547 /* Reset this node, detaching all its equivalences. Return the slot
2548 in the variable hash table that holds dv, if there is one. */
2551 val_reset (dataflow_set
*set
, decl_or_value dv
)
2553 variable
*var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
) ;
2554 location_chain
*node
;
2557 if (!var
|| !var
->n_var_parts
)
2560 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2562 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
2564 rtx x
= dv_as_value (dv
);
2566 /* Relationships in the global cache don't change, so reset the
2567 local cache entry only. */
2568 rtx
*slot
= local_get_addr_cache
->get (x
);
2571 /* If the value resolved back to itself, odds are that other
2572 values may have cached it too. These entries now refer
2573 to the old X, so detach them too. Entries that used the
2574 old X but resolved to something else remain ok as long as
2575 that something else isn't also reset. */
2577 local_get_addr_cache
2578 ->traverse
<rtx
, local_get_addr_clear_given_value
> (x
);
2584 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2585 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
2586 && canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, cval
))
2589 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2590 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
&& cval
!= node
->loc
)
2592 /* Redirect the equivalence link to the new canonical
2593 value, or simply remove it if it would point at
2596 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, dv_from_value (node
->loc
),
2597 0, node
->init
, node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2598 delete_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (dv
),
2599 dv_from_value (node
->loc
), 0);
2604 decl_or_value cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
2606 /* Keep the remaining values connected, accumulating links
2607 in the canonical value. */
2608 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2610 if (node
->loc
== cval
)
2612 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
2613 var_reg_decl_set (set
, node
->loc
, node
->init
, cdv
, 0,
2614 node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2615 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == MEM
)
2616 var_mem_decl_set (set
, node
->loc
, node
->init
, cdv
, 0,
2617 node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2619 set_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, cdv
, 0,
2620 node
->init
, node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2624 /* We remove this last, to make sure that the canonical value is not
2625 removed to the point of requiring reinsertion. */
2627 delete_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (dv
), dv_from_value (cval
), 0);
2629 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv
, 0, NULL
);
2632 /* Find the values in a given location and map the val to another
2633 value, if it is unique, or add the location as one holding the
2637 val_resolve (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx val
, rtx loc
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
2639 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_value (val
);
2641 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
2644 fprintf (dump_file
, "%i: ", INSN_UID (insn
));
2646 fprintf (dump_file
, "head: ");
2647 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, val
, 0);
2648 fputs (" is at ", dump_file
);
2649 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, loc
, 0);
2650 fputc ('\n', dump_file
);
2653 val_reset (set
, dv
);
2655 gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc
));
2659 attrs
*node
, *found
= NULL
;
2661 for (node
= set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)]; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2662 if (dv_is_value_p (node
->dv
)
2663 && GET_MODE (dv_as_value (node
->dv
)) == GET_MODE (loc
))
2667 /* Map incoming equivalences. ??? Wouldn't it be nice if
2668 we just started sharing the location lists? Maybe a
2669 circular list ending at the value itself or some
2671 set_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (node
->dv
),
2672 dv_from_value (val
), node
->offset
,
2673 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2674 set_variable_part (set
, val
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
,
2675 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2678 /* If we didn't find any equivalence, we need to remember that
2679 this value is held in the named register. */
2683 /* ??? Attempt to find and merge equivalent MEMs or other
2686 val_bind (set
, val
, loc
, false);
2689 /* Initialize dataflow set SET to be empty.
2690 VARS_SIZE is the initial size of hash table VARS. */
2693 dataflow_set_init (dataflow_set
*set
)
2695 init_attrs_list_set (set
->regs
);
2696 set
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (empty_shared_hash
);
2697 set
->stack_adjust
= 0;
2698 set
->traversed_vars
= NULL
;
2701 /* Delete the contents of dataflow set SET. */
2704 dataflow_set_clear (dataflow_set
*set
)
2708 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
2709 attrs_list_clear (&set
->regs
[i
]);
2711 shared_hash_destroy (set
->vars
);
2712 set
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (empty_shared_hash
);
2715 /* Copy the contents of dataflow set SRC to DST. */
2718 dataflow_set_copy (dataflow_set
*dst
, dataflow_set
*src
)
2722 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
2723 attrs_list_copy (&dst
->regs
[i
], src
->regs
[i
]);
2725 shared_hash_destroy (dst
->vars
);
2726 dst
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (src
->vars
);
2727 dst
->stack_adjust
= src
->stack_adjust
;
2730 /* Information for merging lists of locations for a given offset of variable.
2732 struct variable_union_info
2734 /* Node of the location chain. */
2737 /* The sum of positions in the input chains. */
2740 /* The position in the chain of DST dataflow set. */
2744 /* Buffer for location list sorting and its allocated size. */
2745 static struct variable_union_info
*vui_vec
;
2746 static int vui_allocated
;
2748 /* Compare function for qsort, order the structures by POS element. */
2751 variable_union_info_cmp_pos (const void *n1
, const void *n2
)
2753 const struct variable_union_info
*const i1
=
2754 (const struct variable_union_info
*) n1
;
2755 const struct variable_union_info
*const i2
=
2756 ( const struct variable_union_info
*) n2
;
2758 if (i1
->pos
!= i2
->pos
)
2759 return i1
->pos
- i2
->pos
;
2761 return (i1
->pos_dst
- i2
->pos_dst
);
2764 /* Compute union of location parts of variable *SLOT and the same variable
2765 from hash table DATA. Compute "sorted" union of the location chains
2766 for common offsets, i.e. the locations of a variable part are sorted by
2767 a priority where the priority is the sum of the positions in the 2 chains
2768 (if a location is only in one list the position in the second list is
2769 defined to be larger than the length of the chains).
2770 When we are updating the location parts the newest location is in the
2771 beginning of the chain, so when we do the described "sorted" union
2772 we keep the newest locations in the beginning. */
2775 variable_union (variable
*src
, dataflow_set
*set
)
2781 dstp
= shared_hash_find_slot (set
->vars
, src
->dv
);
2782 if (!dstp
|| !*dstp
)
2786 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
2788 dstp
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, src
->dv
, INSERT
);
2792 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
2798 gcc_assert (src
->n_var_parts
);
2799 gcc_checking_assert (src
->onepart
== dst
->onepart
);
2801 /* We can combine one-part variables very efficiently, because their
2802 entries are in canonical order. */
2805 location_chain
**nodep
, *dnode
, *snode
;
2807 gcc_assert (src
->n_var_parts
== 1
2808 && dst
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2810 snode
= src
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
2813 restart_onepart_unshared
:
2814 nodep
= &dst
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
2820 int r
= dnode
? loc_cmp (dnode
->loc
, snode
->loc
) : 1;
2824 location_chain
*nnode
;
2826 if (shared_var_p (dst
, set
->vars
))
2828 dstp
= unshare_variable (set
, dstp
, dst
,
2829 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2831 goto restart_onepart_unshared
;
2834 *nodep
= nnode
= new location_chain
;
2835 nnode
->loc
= snode
->loc
;
2836 nnode
->init
= snode
->init
;
2837 if (!snode
->set_src
|| MEM_P (snode
->set_src
))
2838 nnode
->set_src
= NULL
;
2840 nnode
->set_src
= snode
->set_src
;
2841 nnode
->next
= dnode
;
2845 gcc_checking_assert (rtx_equal_p (dnode
->loc
, snode
->loc
));
2848 snode
= snode
->next
;
2850 nodep
= &dnode
->next
;
2857 gcc_checking_assert (!src
->onepart
);
2859 /* Count the number of location parts, result is K. */
2860 for (i
= 0, j
= 0, k
= 0;
2861 i
< src
->n_var_parts
&& j
< dst
->n_var_parts
; k
++)
2863 if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) == VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
2868 else if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) < VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
2873 k
+= src
->n_var_parts
- i
;
2874 k
+= dst
->n_var_parts
- j
;
2876 /* We track only variables whose size is <= MAX_VAR_PARTS bytes
2877 thus there are at most MAX_VAR_PARTS different offsets. */
2878 gcc_checking_assert (dst
->onepart
? k
== 1 : k
<= MAX_VAR_PARTS
);
2880 if (dst
->n_var_parts
!= k
&& shared_var_p (dst
, set
->vars
))
2882 dstp
= unshare_variable (set
, dstp
, dst
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
2886 i
= src
->n_var_parts
- 1;
2887 j
= dst
->n_var_parts
- 1;
2888 dst
->n_var_parts
= k
;
2890 for (k
--; k
>= 0; k
--)
2892 location_chain
*node
, *node2
;
2894 if (i
>= 0 && j
>= 0
2895 && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) == VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
2897 /* Compute the "sorted" union of the chains, i.e. the locations which
2898 are in both chains go first, they are sorted by the sum of
2899 positions in the chains. */
2902 struct variable_union_info
*vui
;
2904 /* If DST is shared compare the location chains.
2905 If they are different we will modify the chain in DST with
2906 high probability so make a copy of DST. */
2907 if (shared_var_p (dst
, set
->vars
))
2909 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
,
2910 node2
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
; node
&& node2
;
2911 node
= node
->next
, node2
= node2
->next
)
2913 if (!((REG_P (node2
->loc
)
2914 && REG_P (node
->loc
)
2915 && REGNO (node2
->loc
) == REGNO (node
->loc
))
2916 || rtx_equal_p (node2
->loc
, node
->loc
)))
2918 if (node2
->init
< node
->init
)
2919 node2
->init
= node
->init
;
2925 dstp
= unshare_variable (set
, dstp
, dst
,
2926 VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
2927 dst
= (variable
*)*dstp
;
2932 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2935 for (node
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2940 /* The most common case, much simpler, no qsort is needed. */
2941 location_chain
*dstnode
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
;
2942 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= dstnode
;
2943 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, k
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
);
2945 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2946 if (!((REG_P (dstnode
->loc
)
2947 && REG_P (node
->loc
)
2948 && REGNO (dstnode
->loc
) == REGNO (node
->loc
))
2949 || rtx_equal_p (dstnode
->loc
, node
->loc
)))
2951 location_chain
*new_node
;
2953 /* Copy the location from SRC. */
2954 new_node
= new location_chain
;
2955 new_node
->loc
= node
->loc
;
2956 new_node
->init
= node
->init
;
2957 if (!node
->set_src
|| MEM_P (node
->set_src
))
2958 new_node
->set_src
= NULL
;
2960 new_node
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
2961 node2
->next
= new_node
;
2968 if (src_l
+ dst_l
> vui_allocated
)
2970 vui_allocated
= MAX (vui_allocated
* 2, src_l
+ dst_l
);
2971 vui_vec
= XRESIZEVEC (struct variable_union_info
, vui_vec
,
2976 /* Fill in the locations from DST. */
2977 for (node
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
, jj
= 0; node
;
2978 node
= node
->next
, jj
++)
2981 vui
[jj
].pos_dst
= jj
;
2983 /* Pos plus value larger than a sum of 2 valid positions. */
2984 vui
[jj
].pos
= jj
+ src_l
+ dst_l
;
2987 /* Fill in the locations from SRC. */
2989 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
, ii
= 0; node
;
2990 node
= node
->next
, ii
++)
2992 /* Find location from NODE. */
2993 for (jj
= 0; jj
< dst_l
; jj
++)
2995 if ((REG_P (vui
[jj
].lc
->loc
)
2996 && REG_P (node
->loc
)
2997 && REGNO (vui
[jj
].lc
->loc
) == REGNO (node
->loc
))
2998 || rtx_equal_p (vui
[jj
].lc
->loc
, node
->loc
))
3000 vui
[jj
].pos
= jj
+ ii
;
3004 if (jj
>= dst_l
) /* The location has not been found. */
3006 location_chain
*new_node
;
3008 /* Copy the location from SRC. */
3009 new_node
= new location_chain
;
3010 new_node
->loc
= node
->loc
;
3011 new_node
->init
= node
->init
;
3012 if (!node
->set_src
|| MEM_P (node
->set_src
))
3013 new_node
->set_src
= NULL
;
3015 new_node
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
3016 vui
[n
].lc
= new_node
;
3017 vui
[n
].pos_dst
= src_l
+ dst_l
;
3018 vui
[n
].pos
= ii
+ src_l
+ dst_l
;
3025 /* Special case still very common case. For dst_l == 2
3026 all entries dst_l ... n-1 are sorted, with for i >= dst_l
3027 vui[i].pos == i + src_l + dst_l. */
3028 if (vui
[0].pos
> vui
[1].pos
)
3030 /* Order should be 1, 0, 2... */
3031 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= vui
[1].lc
;
3032 vui
[1].lc
->next
= vui
[0].lc
;
3035 vui
[0].lc
->next
= vui
[2].lc
;
3036 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3039 vui
[0].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3044 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= vui
[0].lc
;
3045 if (n
>= 3 && vui
[2].pos
< vui
[1].pos
)
3047 /* Order should be 0, 2, 1, 3... */
3048 vui
[0].lc
->next
= vui
[2].lc
;
3049 vui
[2].lc
->next
= vui
[1].lc
;
3052 vui
[1].lc
->next
= vui
[3].lc
;
3053 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3056 vui
[1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3061 /* Order should be 0, 1, 2... */
3063 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3066 for (; ii
< n
; ii
++)
3067 vui
[ii
- 1].lc
->next
= vui
[ii
].lc
;
3071 qsort (vui
, n
, sizeof (struct variable_union_info
),
3072 variable_union_info_cmp_pos
);
3074 /* Reconnect the nodes in sorted order. */
3075 for (ii
= 1; ii
< n
; ii
++)
3076 vui
[ii
- 1].lc
->next
= vui
[ii
].lc
;
3077 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3078 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= vui
[0].lc
;
3081 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, k
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
);
3086 else if ((i
>= 0 && j
>= 0
3087 && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) < VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
3090 dst
->var_part
[k
] = dst
->var_part
[j
];
3093 else if ((i
>= 0 && j
>= 0
3094 && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) > VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
3097 location_chain
**nextp
;
3099 /* Copy the chain from SRC. */
3100 nextp
= &dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
;
3101 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3103 location_chain
*new_lc
;
3105 new_lc
= new location_chain
;
3106 new_lc
->next
= NULL
;
3107 new_lc
->init
= node
->init
;
3108 if (!node
->set_src
|| MEM_P (node
->set_src
))
3109 new_lc
->set_src
= NULL
;
3111 new_lc
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
3112 new_lc
->loc
= node
->loc
;
3115 nextp
= &new_lc
->next
;
3118 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, k
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
);
3121 dst
->var_part
[k
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
3124 if (flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
3125 for (i
= 0; i
< src
->n_var_parts
&& i
< dst
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
3127 location_chain
*node
, *node2
;
3128 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3129 for (node2
= dst
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node2
; node2
= node2
->next
)
3130 if (rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, node2
->loc
))
3132 if (node
->init
> node2
->init
)
3133 node2
->init
= node
->init
;
3137 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
3141 /* Compute union of dataflow sets SRC and DST and store it to DST. */
3144 dataflow_set_union (dataflow_set
*dst
, dataflow_set
*src
)
3148 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
3149 attrs_list_union (&dst
->regs
[i
], src
->regs
[i
]);
3151 if (dst
->vars
== empty_shared_hash
)
3153 shared_hash_destroy (dst
->vars
);
3154 dst
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (src
->vars
);
3158 variable_iterator_type hi
;
3161 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (src
->vars
),
3163 variable_union (var
, dst
);
3167 /* Whether the value is currently being expanded. */
3168 #define VALUE_RECURSED_INTO(x) \
3169 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK2 ("VALUE_RECURSED_INTO", (x), VALUE, DEBUG_EXPR)->used)
3171 /* Whether no expansion was found, saving useless lookups.
3172 It must only be set when VALUE_CHANGED is clear. */
3173 #define NO_LOC_P(x) \
3174 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK2 ("NO_LOC_P", (x), VALUE, DEBUG_EXPR)->return_val)
3176 /* Whether cur_loc in the value needs to be (re)computed. */
3177 #define VALUE_CHANGED(x) \
3178 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VALUE_CHANGED", (x), VALUE)->frame_related)
3179 /* Whether cur_loc in the decl needs to be (re)computed. */
3180 #define DECL_CHANGED(x) TREE_VISITED (x)
3182 /* Record (if NEWV) that DV needs to have its cur_loc recomputed. For
3183 user DECLs, this means they're in changed_variables. Values and
3184 debug exprs may be left with this flag set if no user variable
3185 requires them to be evaluated. */
3188 set_dv_changed (decl_or_value dv
, bool newv
)
3190 switch (dv_onepart_p (dv
))
3194 NO_LOC_P (dv_as_value (dv
)) = false;
3195 VALUE_CHANGED (dv_as_value (dv
)) = newv
;
3200 NO_LOC_P (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dv_as_decl (dv
))) = false;
3204 DECL_CHANGED (dv_as_decl (dv
)) = newv
;
3209 /* Return true if DV needs to have its cur_loc recomputed. */
3212 dv_changed_p (decl_or_value dv
)
3214 return (dv_is_value_p (dv
)
3215 ? VALUE_CHANGED (dv_as_value (dv
))
3216 : DECL_CHANGED (dv_as_decl (dv
)));
3219 /* Return a location list node whose loc is rtx_equal to LOC, in the
3220 location list of a one-part variable or value VAR, or in that of
3221 any values recursively mentioned in the location lists. VARS must
3222 be in star-canonical form. */
3224 static location_chain
*
3225 find_loc_in_1pdv (rtx loc
, variable
*var
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
3227 location_chain
*node
;
3228 enum rtx_code loc_code
;
3233 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
);
3235 if (!var
->n_var_parts
)
3238 gcc_checking_assert (loc
!= dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
));
3240 loc_code
= GET_CODE (loc
);
3241 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3246 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) != loc_code
)
3248 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) != VALUE
)
3251 else if (loc
== node
->loc
)
3253 else if (loc_code
!= VALUE
)
3255 if (rtx_equal_p (loc
, node
->loc
))
3260 /* Since we're in star-canonical form, we don't need to visit
3261 non-canonical nodes: one-part variables and non-canonical
3262 values would only point back to the canonical node. */
3263 if (dv_is_value_p (var
->dv
)
3264 && !canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, dv_as_value (var
->dv
)))
3266 /* Skip all subsequent VALUEs. */
3267 while (node
->next
&& GET_CODE (node
->next
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3270 gcc_checking_assert (!canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
,
3271 dv_as_value (var
->dv
)));
3272 if (loc
== node
->loc
)
3278 gcc_checking_assert (node
== var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
);
3279 gcc_checking_assert (!node
->next
);
3281 dv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
3282 rvar
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
3283 return find_loc_in_1pdv (loc
, rvar
, vars
);
3286 /* ??? Gotta look in cselib_val locations too. */
3291 /* Hash table iteration argument passed to variable_merge. */
3294 /* The set in which the merge is to be inserted. */
3296 /* The set that we're iterating in. */
3298 /* The set that may contain the other dv we are to merge with. */
3300 /* Number of onepart dvs in src. */
3301 int src_onepart_cnt
;
3304 /* Insert LOC in *DNODE, if it's not there yet. The list must be in
3305 loc_cmp order, and it is maintained as such. */
3308 insert_into_intersection (location_chain
**nodep
, rtx loc
,
3309 enum var_init_status status
)
3311 location_chain
*node
;
3314 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; nodep
= &node
->next
, node
= *nodep
)
3315 if ((r
= loc_cmp (node
->loc
, loc
)) == 0)
3317 node
->init
= MIN (node
->init
, status
);
3323 node
= new location_chain
;
3326 node
->set_src
= NULL
;
3327 node
->init
= status
;
3328 node
->next
= *nodep
;
3332 /* Insert in DEST the intersection of the locations present in both
3333 S1NODE and S2VAR, directly or indirectly. S1NODE is from a
3334 variable in DSM->cur, whereas S2VAR is from DSM->src. dvar is in
3338 intersect_loc_chains (rtx val
, location_chain
**dest
, struct dfset_merge
*dsm
,
3339 location_chain
*s1node
, variable
*s2var
)
3341 dataflow_set
*s1set
= dsm
->cur
;
3342 dataflow_set
*s2set
= dsm
->src
;
3343 location_chain
*found
;
3347 location_chain
*s2node
;
3349 gcc_checking_assert (s2var
->onepart
);
3351 if (s2var
->n_var_parts
)
3353 s2node
= s2var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3355 for (; s1node
&& s2node
;
3356 s1node
= s1node
->next
, s2node
= s2node
->next
)
3357 if (s1node
->loc
!= s2node
->loc
)
3359 else if (s1node
->loc
== val
)
3362 insert_into_intersection (dest
, s1node
->loc
,
3363 MIN (s1node
->init
, s2node
->init
));
3367 for (; s1node
; s1node
= s1node
->next
)
3369 if (s1node
->loc
== val
)
3372 if ((found
= find_loc_in_1pdv (s1node
->loc
, s2var
,
3373 shared_hash_htab (s2set
->vars
))))
3375 insert_into_intersection (dest
, s1node
->loc
,
3376 MIN (s1node
->init
, found
->init
));
3380 if (GET_CODE (s1node
->loc
) == VALUE
3381 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node
->loc
))
3383 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_value (s1node
->loc
);
3384 variable
*svar
= shared_hash_find (s1set
->vars
, dv
);
3387 if (svar
->n_var_parts
== 1)
3389 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node
->loc
) = true;
3390 intersect_loc_chains (val
, dest
, dsm
,
3391 svar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
,
3393 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node
->loc
) = false;
3398 /* ??? gotta look in cselib_val locations too. */
3400 /* ??? if the location is equivalent to any location in src,
3401 searched recursively
3403 add to dst the values needed to represent the equivalence
3405 telling whether locations S is equivalent to another dv's
3408 for each location D in the list
3410 if S and D satisfy rtx_equal_p, then it is present
3412 else if D is a value, recurse without cycles
3414 else if S and D have the same CODE and MODE
3416 for each operand oS and the corresponding oD
3418 if oS and oD are not equivalent, then S an D are not equivalent
3420 else if they are RTX vectors
3422 if any vector oS element is not equivalent to its respective oD,
3423 then S and D are not equivalent
3431 /* Return -1 if X should be before Y in a location list for a 1-part
3432 variable, 1 if Y should be before X, and 0 if they're equivalent
3433 and should not appear in the list. */
3436 loc_cmp (rtx x
, rtx y
)
3439 RTX_CODE code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3449 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3450 if (REGNO (x
) == REGNO (y
))
3452 else if (REGNO (x
) < REGNO (y
))
3465 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3466 return loc_cmp (XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (y
, 0));
3472 if (GET_CODE (x
) == VALUE
)
3474 if (GET_CODE (y
) != VALUE
)
3476 /* Don't assert the modes are the same, that is true only
3477 when not recursing. (subreg:QI (value:SI 1:1) 0)
3478 and (subreg:QI (value:DI 2:2) 0) can be compared,
3479 even when the modes are different. */
3480 if (canon_value_cmp (x
, y
))
3486 if (GET_CODE (y
) == VALUE
)
3489 /* Entry value is the least preferable kind of expression. */
3490 if (GET_CODE (x
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
3492 if (GET_CODE (y
) != ENTRY_VALUE
)
3494 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3495 return loc_cmp (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (x
), ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (y
));
3498 if (GET_CODE (y
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
3501 if (GET_CODE (x
) == GET_CODE (y
))
3502 /* Compare operands below. */;
3503 else if (GET_CODE (x
) < GET_CODE (y
))
3508 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3510 if (GET_CODE (x
) == DEBUG_EXPR
)
3512 if (DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
))
3513 < DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (y
)))
3515 gcc_checking_assert (DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
))
3516 > DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (y
)));
3520 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
3521 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
); i
++)
3525 if (XWINT (x
, i
) == XWINT (y
, i
))
3527 else if (XWINT (x
, i
) < XWINT (y
, i
))
3534 if (XINT (x
, i
) == XINT (y
, i
))
3536 else if (XINT (x
, i
) < XINT (y
, i
))
3542 r
= compare_sizes_for_sort (SUBREG_BYTE (x
), SUBREG_BYTE (y
));
3549 /* Compare the vector length first. */
3550 if (XVECLEN (x
, i
) == XVECLEN (y
, i
))
3551 /* Compare the vectors elements. */;
3552 else if (XVECLEN (x
, i
) < XVECLEN (y
, i
))
3557 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
3558 if ((r
= loc_cmp (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
),
3559 XVECEXP (y
, i
, j
))))
3564 if ((r
= loc_cmp (XEXP (x
, i
), XEXP (y
, i
))))
3570 if (XSTR (x
, i
) == XSTR (y
, i
))
3576 if ((r
= strcmp (XSTR (x
, i
), XSTR (y
, i
))) == 0)
3584 /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter. */
3591 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
3592 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
3593 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
3597 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_P (x
))
3599 /* Compare the vector length first. */
3600 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x
) >= CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (y
))
3602 else if (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x
) < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (y
))
3605 /* Compare the vectors elements. */;
3606 for (j
= CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x
) - 1; j
>= 0 ; j
--)
3608 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x
, j
) < CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (y
, j
))
3610 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x
, j
) > CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (y
, j
))
3618 /* Check the order of entries in one-part variables. */
3621 canonicalize_loc_order_check (variable
**slot
,
3622 dataflow_set
*data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3624 variable
*var
= *slot
;
3625 location_chain
*node
, *next
;
3627 #ifdef ENABLE_RTL_CHECKING
3629 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
3630 gcc_assert (var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
== NULL
);
3631 gcc_assert (!var
->in_changed_variables
);
3637 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3638 node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3641 while ((next
= node
->next
))
3643 gcc_assert (loc_cmp (node
->loc
, next
->loc
) < 0);
3650 /* Mark with VALUE_RECURSED_INTO values that have neighbors that are
3651 more likely to be chosen as canonical for an equivalence set.
3652 Ensure less likely values can reach more likely neighbors, making
3653 the connections bidirectional. */
3656 canonicalize_values_mark (variable
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
3658 variable
*var
= *slot
;
3659 decl_or_value dv
= var
->dv
;
3661 location_chain
*node
;
3663 if (!dv_is_value_p (dv
))
3666 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3668 val
= dv_as_value (dv
);
3670 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3671 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3673 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, val
))
3674 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
3677 decl_or_value odv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
3679 oslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, odv
);
3681 set_slot_part (set
, val
, oslot
, odv
, 0,
3682 node
->init
, NULL_RTX
);
3684 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
3691 /* Remove redundant entries from equivalence lists in onepart
3692 variables, canonicalizing equivalence sets into star shapes. */
3695 canonicalize_values_star (variable
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
3697 variable
*var
= *slot
;
3698 decl_or_value dv
= var
->dv
;
3699 location_chain
*node
;
3709 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3711 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
3713 cval
= dv_as_value (dv
);
3714 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
))
3716 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = false;
3726 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3728 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3729 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3732 if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
3734 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, cval
))
3743 if (!has_marks
|| dv_is_decl_p (dv
))
3746 /* Keep it marked so that we revisit it, either after visiting a
3747 child node, or after visiting a new parent that might be
3749 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
3751 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3752 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
3753 && VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
3757 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = false;
3758 dv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
3759 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
3762 gcc_assert (dv_is_decl_p (var
->dv
));
3763 /* The canonical value was reset and dropped.
3765 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, var
->dv
, 0, NULL
);
3769 gcc_assert (dv_is_value_p (var
->dv
));
3770 if (var
->n_var_parts
== 0)
3772 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3776 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = false;
3781 /* Push values to the canonical one. */
3782 cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
3783 cslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, cdv
);
3785 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3786 if (node
->loc
!= cval
)
3788 cslot
= set_slot_part (set
, node
->loc
, cslot
, cdv
, 0,
3789 node
->init
, NULL_RTX
);
3790 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3792 decl_or_value ndv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
3794 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, ndv
, 0, node
->init
, NULL_RTX
,
3797 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, val
))
3799 /* If it could have been a local minimum, it's not any more,
3800 since it's now neighbor to cval, so it may have to push
3801 to it. Conversely, if it wouldn't have prevailed over
3802 val, then whatever mark it has is fine: if it was to
3803 push, it will now push to a more canonical node, but if
3804 it wasn't, then it has already pushed any values it might
3806 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
3807 /* Make sure we visit node->loc by ensuring we cval is
3809 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = true;
3811 else if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
3812 /* If we have no need to "recurse" into this node, it's
3813 already "canonicalized", so drop the link to the old
3815 clobber_variable_part (set
, cval
, ndv
, 0, NULL
);
3817 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
3819 attrs
*list
= set
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)], **listp
;
3821 /* Change an existing attribute referring to dv so that it
3822 refers to cdv, removing any duplicate this might
3823 introduce, and checking that no previous duplicates
3824 existed, all in a single pass. */
3828 if (list
->offset
== 0
3829 && (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
)
3830 || dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
)))
3837 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
))
3840 for (listp
= &list
->next
; (list
= *listp
); listp
= &list
->next
)
3845 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
))
3847 *listp
= list
->next
;
3853 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) != dv_as_opaque (dv
));
3856 else if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
))
3858 for (listp
= &list
->next
; (list
= *listp
); listp
= &list
->next
)
3863 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
))
3865 *listp
= list
->next
;
3871 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) != dv_as_opaque (cdv
));
3880 if (list
->offset
== 0
3881 && (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
)
3882 || dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
)))
3891 set_slot_part (set
, val
, cslot
, cdv
, 0,
3892 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
);
3894 slot
= clobber_slot_part (set
, cval
, slot
, 0, NULL
);
3896 /* Variable may have been unshared. */
3898 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
&& var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
->loc
== cval
3899 && var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
->next
== NULL
);
3901 if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
))
3902 goto restart_with_cval
;
3907 /* Bind one-part variables to the canonical value in an equivalence
3908 set. Not doing this causes dataflow convergence failure in rare
3909 circumstances, see PR42873. Unfortunately we can't do this
3910 efficiently as part of canonicalize_values_star, since we may not
3911 have determined or even seen the canonical value of a set when we
3912 get to a variable that references another member of the set. */
3915 canonicalize_vars_star (variable
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
3917 variable
*var
= *slot
;
3918 decl_or_value dv
= var
->dv
;
3919 location_chain
*node
;
3924 location_chain
*cnode
;
3926 if (!var
->onepart
|| var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
3929 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3931 node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3933 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) != VALUE
)
3936 gcc_assert (!node
->next
);
3939 /* Push values to the canonical one. */
3940 cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
3941 cslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, cdv
);
3945 gcc_assert (cvar
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3947 cnode
= cvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3949 /* CVAL is canonical if its value list contains non-VALUEs or VALUEs
3950 that are not “more canonical” than it. */
3951 if (GET_CODE (cnode
->loc
) != VALUE
3952 || !canon_value_cmp (cnode
->loc
, cval
))
3955 /* CVAL was found to be non-canonical. Change the variable to point
3956 to the canonical VALUE. */
3957 gcc_assert (!cnode
->next
);
3960 slot
= set_slot_part (set
, cval
, slot
, dv
, 0,
3961 node
->init
, node
->set_src
);
3962 clobber_slot_part (set
, cval
, slot
, 0, node
->set_src
);
3967 /* Combine variable or value in *S1SLOT (in DSM->cur) with the
3968 corresponding entry in DSM->src. Multi-part variables are combined
3969 with variable_union, whereas onepart dvs are combined with
3973 variable_merge_over_cur (variable
*s1var
, struct dfset_merge
*dsm
)
3975 dataflow_set
*dst
= dsm
->dst
;
3977 variable
*s2var
, *dvar
= NULL
;
3978 decl_or_value dv
= s1var
->dv
;
3979 onepart_enum onepart
= s1var
->onepart
;
3982 location_chain
*node
, **nodep
;
3984 /* If the incoming onepart variable has an empty location list, then
3985 the intersection will be just as empty. For other variables,
3986 it's always union. */
3987 gcc_checking_assert (s1var
->n_var_parts
3988 && s1var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
);
3991 return variable_union (s1var
, dst
);
3993 gcc_checking_assert (s1var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3995 dvhash
= dv_htab_hash (dv
);
3996 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
3997 val
= dv_as_value (dv
);
4001 s2var
= shared_hash_find_1 (dsm
->src
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
4004 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4008 dsm
->src_onepart_cnt
--;
4009 gcc_assert (s2var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
4010 && s2var
->onepart
== onepart
4011 && s2var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4013 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
4017 gcc_assert (dvar
->refcount
== 1
4018 && dvar
->onepart
== onepart
4019 && dvar
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4020 nodep
= &dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4028 if (!dstslot
&& !onepart_variable_different_p (s1var
, s2var
))
4030 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (&dst
->vars
, dv
,
4032 *dstslot
= dvar
= s2var
;
4037 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4039 intersect_loc_chains (val
, nodep
, dsm
,
4040 s1var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, s2var
);
4046 dvar
= onepart_pool_allocate (onepart
);
4049 dvar
->n_var_parts
= 1;
4050 dvar
->onepart
= onepart
;
4051 dvar
->in_changed_variables
= false;
4052 dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= node
;
4053 dvar
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4055 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar
) = NULL
;
4057 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dvar
, 0) = 0;
4060 = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (&dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
,
4062 gcc_assert (!*dstslot
);
4070 nodep
= &dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4071 while ((node
= *nodep
))
4073 location_chain
**nextp
= &node
->next
;
4075 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
4079 for (list
= dst
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)]; list
; list
= list
->next
)
4080 if (GET_MODE (node
->loc
) == GET_MODE (list
->loc
)
4081 && dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4085 attrs_list_insert (&dst
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)],
4087 /* If this value became canonical for another value that had
4088 this register, we want to leave it alone. */
4089 else if (dv_as_value (list
->dv
) != val
)
4091 dstslot
= set_slot_part (dst
, dv_as_value (list
->dv
),
4093 node
->init
, NULL_RTX
);
4094 dstslot
= delete_slot_part (dst
, node
->loc
, dstslot
, 0);
4096 /* Since nextp points into the removed node, we can't
4097 use it. The pointer to the next node moved to nodep.
4098 However, if the variable we're walking is unshared
4099 during our walk, we'll keep walking the location list
4100 of the previously-shared variable, in which case the
4101 node won't have been removed, and we'll want to skip
4102 it. That's why we test *nodep here. */
4108 /* Canonicalization puts registers first, so we don't have to
4114 if (dvar
!= *dstslot
)
4116 nodep
= &dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4120 /* Mark all referenced nodes for canonicalization, and make sure
4121 we have mutual equivalence links. */
4122 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
4123 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4124 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4126 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
4127 set_variable_part (dst
, val
, dv_from_value (node
->loc
), 0,
4128 node
->init
, NULL
, INSERT
);
4131 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
4132 gcc_assert (*dstslot
== dvar
);
4133 canonicalize_values_star (dstslot
, dst
);
4134 gcc_checking_assert (dstslot
4135 == shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
,
4141 bool has_value
= false, has_other
= false;
4143 /* If we have one value and anything else, we're going to
4144 canonicalize this, so make sure all values have an entry in
4145 the table and are marked for canonicalization. */
4146 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4148 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4150 /* If this was marked during register canonicalization,
4151 we know we have to canonicalize values. */
4166 if (has_value
&& has_other
)
4168 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4170 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4172 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
4173 variable
**slot
= NULL
;
4175 if (shared_hash_shared (dst
->vars
))
4176 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (dst
->vars
, dv
);
4178 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&dst
->vars
, dv
,
4182 variable
*var
= onepart_pool_allocate (ONEPART_VALUE
);
4185 var
->n_var_parts
= 1;
4186 var
->onepart
= ONEPART_VALUE
;
4187 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
4188 var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
4189 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4190 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
4194 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
4198 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
4199 gcc_assert (*dstslot
== dvar
);
4200 canonicalize_values_star (dstslot
, dst
);
4201 gcc_checking_assert (dstslot
4202 == shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
,
4208 if (!onepart_variable_different_p (dvar
, s2var
))
4210 variable_htab_free (dvar
);
4211 *dstslot
= dvar
= s2var
;
4214 else if (s2var
!= s1var
&& !onepart_variable_different_p (dvar
, s1var
))
4216 variable_htab_free (dvar
);
4217 *dstslot
= dvar
= s1var
;
4219 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4222 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4227 /* Copy s2slot (in DSM->src) to DSM->dst if the variable is a
4228 multi-part variable. Unions of multi-part variables and
4229 intersections of one-part ones will be handled in
4230 variable_merge_over_cur(). */
4233 variable_merge_over_src (variable
*s2var
, struct dfset_merge
*dsm
)
4235 dataflow_set
*dst
= dsm
->dst
;
4236 decl_or_value dv
= s2var
->dv
;
4238 if (!s2var
->onepart
)
4240 variable
**dstp
= shared_hash_find_slot (dst
->vars
, dv
);
4246 dsm
->src_onepart_cnt
++;
4250 /* Combine dataflow set information from SRC2 into DST, using PDST
4251 to carry over information across passes. */
4254 dataflow_set_merge (dataflow_set
*dst
, dataflow_set
*src2
)
4256 dataflow_set cur
= *dst
;
4257 dataflow_set
*src1
= &cur
;
4258 struct dfset_merge dsm
;
4260 size_t src1_elems
, src2_elems
;
4261 variable_iterator_type hi
;
4264 src1_elems
= shared_hash_htab (src1
->vars
)->elements ();
4265 src2_elems
= shared_hash_htab (src2
->vars
)->elements ();
4266 dataflow_set_init (dst
);
4267 dst
->stack_adjust
= cur
.stack_adjust
;
4268 shared_hash_destroy (dst
->vars
);
4269 dst
->vars
= new shared_hash
;
4270 dst
->vars
->refcount
= 1;
4271 dst
->vars
->htab
= new variable_table_type (MAX (src1_elems
, src2_elems
));
4273 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
4274 attrs_list_mpdv_union (&dst
->regs
[i
], src1
->regs
[i
], src2
->regs
[i
]);
4279 dsm
.src_onepart_cnt
= 0;
4281 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (dsm
.src
->vars
),
4283 variable_merge_over_src (var
, &dsm
);
4284 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (dsm
.cur
->vars
),
4286 variable_merge_over_cur (var
, &dsm
);
4288 if (dsm
.src_onepart_cnt
)
4289 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4291 dataflow_set_destroy (src1
);
4294 /* Mark register equivalences. */
4297 dataflow_set_equiv_regs (dataflow_set
*set
)
4300 attrs
*list
, **listp
;
4302 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
4304 rtx canon
[NUM_MACHINE_MODES
];
4306 /* If the list is empty or one entry, no need to canonicalize
4308 if (set
->regs
[i
] == NULL
|| set
->regs
[i
]->next
== NULL
)
4311 memset (canon
, 0, sizeof (canon
));
4313 for (list
= set
->regs
[i
]; list
; list
= list
->next
)
4314 if (list
->offset
== 0 && dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4316 rtx val
= dv_as_value (list
->dv
);
4317 rtx
*cvalp
= &canon
[(int)GET_MODE (val
)];
4320 if (canon_value_cmp (val
, cval
))
4324 for (list
= set
->regs
[i
]; list
; list
= list
->next
)
4325 if (list
->offset
== 0 && dv_onepart_p (list
->dv
))
4327 rtx cval
= canon
[(int)GET_MODE (list
->loc
)];
4332 if (dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4334 rtx val
= dv_as_value (list
->dv
);
4339 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
4340 set_variable_part (set
, val
, dv_from_value (cval
), 0,
4341 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
4345 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = true;
4346 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, list
->dv
, 0,
4347 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, NO_INSERT
);
4350 for (listp
= &set
->regs
[i
]; (list
= *listp
);
4351 listp
= list
? &list
->next
: listp
)
4352 if (list
->offset
== 0 && dv_onepart_p (list
->dv
))
4354 rtx cval
= canon
[(int)GET_MODE (list
->loc
)];
4360 if (dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4362 rtx val
= dv_as_value (list
->dv
);
4363 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
))
4367 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, list
->dv
);
4368 canonicalize_values_star (slot
, set
);
4375 /* Remove any redundant values in the location list of VAR, which must
4376 be unshared and 1-part. */
4379 remove_duplicate_values (variable
*var
)
4381 location_chain
*node
, **nodep
;
4383 gcc_assert (var
->onepart
);
4384 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4385 gcc_assert (var
->refcount
== 1);
4387 for (nodep
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nodep
); )
4389 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4391 if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
4393 /* Remove duplicate value node. */
4394 *nodep
= node
->next
;
4399 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
4401 nodep
= &node
->next
;
4404 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4405 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4407 gcc_assert (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
));
4408 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = false;
4413 /* Hash table iteration argument passed to variable_post_merge. */
4414 struct dfset_post_merge
4416 /* The new input set for the current block. */
4418 /* Pointer to the permanent input set for the current block, or
4420 dataflow_set
**permp
;
4423 /* Create values for incoming expressions associated with one-part
4424 variables that don't have value numbers for them. */
4427 variable_post_merge_new_vals (variable
**slot
, dfset_post_merge
*dfpm
)
4429 dataflow_set
*set
= dfpm
->set
;
4430 variable
*var
= *slot
;
4431 location_chain
*node
;
4433 if (!var
->onepart
|| !var
->n_var_parts
)
4436 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4438 if (dv_is_decl_p (var
->dv
))
4440 bool check_dupes
= false;
4443 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4445 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4446 gcc_assert (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
));
4447 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
4449 attrs
*att
, **attp
, **curp
= NULL
;
4451 if (var
->refcount
!= 1)
4453 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
,
4454 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
4459 for (attp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)]; (att
= *attp
);
4461 if (att
->offset
== 0
4462 && GET_MODE (att
->loc
) == GET_MODE (node
->loc
))
4464 if (dv_is_value_p (att
->dv
))
4466 rtx cval
= dv_as_value (att
->dv
);
4471 else if (dv_as_opaque (att
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
))
4479 if ((*curp
)->offset
== 0
4480 && GET_MODE ((*curp
)->loc
) == GET_MODE (node
->loc
)
4481 && dv_as_opaque ((*curp
)->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
))
4484 curp
= &(*curp
)->next
;
4495 *dfpm
->permp
= XNEW (dataflow_set
);
4496 dataflow_set_init (*dfpm
->permp
);
4499 for (att
= (*dfpm
->permp
)->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)];
4500 att
; att
= att
->next
)
4501 if (GET_MODE (att
->loc
) == GET_MODE (node
->loc
))
4503 gcc_assert (att
->offset
== 0
4504 && dv_is_value_p (att
->dv
));
4505 val_reset (set
, att
->dv
);
4512 cval
= dv_as_value (cdv
);
4516 /* Create a unique value to hold this register,
4517 that ought to be found and reused in
4518 subsequent rounds. */
4520 gcc_assert (!cselib_lookup (node
->loc
,
4521 GET_MODE (node
->loc
), 0,
4523 v
= cselib_lookup (node
->loc
, GET_MODE (node
->loc
), 1,
4525 cselib_preserve_value (v
);
4526 cselib_invalidate_rtx (node
->loc
);
4528 cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
4531 "Created new value %u:%u for reg %i\n",
4532 v
->uid
, v
->hash
, REGNO (node
->loc
));
4535 var_reg_decl_set (*dfpm
->permp
, node
->loc
,
4536 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
4537 cdv
, 0, NULL
, INSERT
);
4543 /* Remove attribute referring to the decl, which now
4544 uses the value for the register, already existing or
4545 to be added when we bring perm in. */
4553 remove_duplicate_values (var
);
4559 /* Reset values in the permanent set that are not associated with the
4560 chosen expression. */
4563 variable_post_merge_perm_vals (variable
**pslot
, dfset_post_merge
*dfpm
)
4565 dataflow_set
*set
= dfpm
->set
;
4566 variable
*pvar
= *pslot
, *var
;
4567 location_chain
*pnode
;
4571 gcc_assert (dv_is_value_p (pvar
->dv
)
4572 && pvar
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4573 pnode
= pvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4576 && REG_P (pnode
->loc
));
4580 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
4583 /* Although variable_post_merge_new_vals may have made decls
4584 non-star-canonical, values that pre-existed in canonical form
4585 remain canonical, and newly-created values reference a single
4586 REG, so they are canonical as well. Since VAR has the
4587 location list for a VALUE, using find_loc_in_1pdv for it is
4588 fine, since VALUEs don't map back to DECLs. */
4589 if (find_loc_in_1pdv (pnode
->loc
, var
, shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)))
4591 val_reset (set
, dv
);
4594 for (att
= set
->regs
[REGNO (pnode
->loc
)]; att
; att
= att
->next
)
4595 if (att
->offset
== 0
4596 && GET_MODE (att
->loc
) == GET_MODE (pnode
->loc
)
4597 && dv_is_value_p (att
->dv
))
4600 /* If there is a value associated with this register already, create
4602 if (att
&& dv_as_value (att
->dv
) != dv_as_value (dv
))
4604 rtx cval
= dv_as_value (att
->dv
);
4605 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, dv
, 0, pnode
->init
, NULL
, INSERT
);
4606 set_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (dv
), att
->dv
, 0, pnode
->init
,
4611 attrs_list_insert (&set
->regs
[REGNO (pnode
->loc
)],
4613 variable_union (pvar
, set
);
4619 /* Just checking stuff and registering register attributes for
4623 dataflow_post_merge_adjust (dataflow_set
*set
, dataflow_set
**permp
)
4625 struct dfset_post_merge dfpm
;
4630 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4631 ->traverse
<dfset_post_merge
*, variable_post_merge_new_vals
> (&dfpm
);
4633 shared_hash_htab ((*permp
)->vars
)
4634 ->traverse
<dfset_post_merge
*, variable_post_merge_perm_vals
> (&dfpm
);
4635 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4636 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_values_star
> (set
);
4637 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4638 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_vars_star
> (set
);
4641 /* Return a node whose loc is a MEM that refers to EXPR in the
4642 location list of a one-part variable or value VAR, or in that of
4643 any values recursively mentioned in the location lists. */
4645 static location_chain
*
4646 find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (tree expr
, rtx val
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
4648 location_chain
*node
;
4651 location_chain
*where
= NULL
;
4656 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (val
) == VALUE
4657 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
));
4659 dv
= dv_from_value (val
);
4660 var
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
4665 gcc_assert (var
->onepart
);
4667 if (!var
->n_var_parts
)
4670 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
4672 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4673 if (MEM_P (node
->loc
)
4674 && MEM_EXPR (node
->loc
) == expr
4675 && int_mem_offset (node
->loc
) == 0)
4680 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
4681 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
)
4682 && (where
= find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (expr
, node
->loc
, vars
)))
4685 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = false;
4690 /* Return TRUE if the value of MEM may vary across a call. */
4693 mem_dies_at_call (rtx mem
)
4695 tree expr
= MEM_EXPR (mem
);
4701 decl
= get_base_address (expr
);
4709 return (may_be_aliased (decl
)
4710 || (!TREE_READONLY (decl
) && is_global_var (decl
)));
4713 /* Remove all MEMs from the location list of a hash table entry for a
4714 one-part variable, except those whose MEM attributes map back to
4715 the variable itself, directly or within a VALUE. */
4718 dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs (variable
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
4720 variable
*var
= *slot
;
4722 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VDECL
|| var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
4724 tree decl
= dv_as_decl (var
->dv
);
4725 location_chain
*loc
, **locp
;
4726 bool changed
= false;
4728 if (!var
->n_var_parts
)
4731 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4733 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
4735 for (loc
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4737 /* We want to remove dying MEMs that don't refer to DECL. */
4738 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) == MEM
4739 && (MEM_EXPR (loc
->loc
) != decl
4740 || int_mem_offset (loc
->loc
) != 0)
4741 && mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4743 /* We want to move here MEMs that do refer to DECL. */
4744 else if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) == VALUE
4745 && find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (decl
, loc
->loc
,
4746 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)))
4753 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
4755 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4758 for (locp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, loc
= *locp
;
4761 rtx old_loc
= loc
->loc
;
4762 if (GET_CODE (old_loc
) == VALUE
)
4764 location_chain
*mem_node
4765 = find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (decl
, loc
->loc
,
4766 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
));
4768 /* ??? This picks up only one out of multiple MEMs that
4769 refer to the same variable. Do we ever need to be
4770 concerned about dealing with more than one, or, given
4771 that they should all map to the same variable
4772 location, their addresses will have been merged and
4773 they will be regarded as equivalent? */
4776 loc
->loc
= mem_node
->loc
;
4777 loc
->set_src
= mem_node
->set_src
;
4778 loc
->init
= MIN (loc
->init
, mem_node
->init
);
4782 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) != MEM
4783 || (MEM_EXPR (loc
->loc
) == decl
4784 && int_mem_offset (loc
->loc
) == 0)
4785 || !mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4787 if (old_loc
!= loc
->loc
&& emit_notes
)
4789 if (old_loc
== var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
)
4792 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4801 if (old_loc
== var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
)
4804 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4811 if (!var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
)
4817 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
4823 /* Remove all MEMs from the location list of a hash table entry for a
4824 onepart variable. */
4827 dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs (variable
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
4829 variable
*var
= *slot
;
4831 if (var
->onepart
!= NOT_ONEPART
)
4833 location_chain
*loc
, **locp
;
4834 bool changed
= false;
4837 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4839 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
4841 for (loc
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4842 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) == MEM
4843 && mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4849 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
4851 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4854 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
4855 cur_loc
= VAR_LOC_FROM (var
);
4857 cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
4859 for (locp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, loc
= *locp
;
4862 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) != MEM
4863 || !mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4870 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
4871 we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
4872 of changed variables. */
4873 if (cur_loc
== loc
->loc
)
4876 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4877 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
4878 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
4883 if (!var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
)
4889 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
4895 /* Remove all variable-location information about call-clobbered
4896 registers, as well as associations between MEMs and VALUEs. */
4899 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx_insn
*call_insn
)
4902 hard_reg_set_iterator hrsi
;
4904 HARD_REG_SET callee_clobbers
4905 = insn_callee_abi (call_insn
).full_reg_clobbers ();
4907 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_HARD_REG_SET (callee_clobbers
, 0, r
, hrsi
)
4908 var_regno_delete (set
, r
);
4910 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
4912 set
->traversed_vars
= set
->vars
;
4913 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4914 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs
> (set
);
4915 set
->traversed_vars
= set
->vars
;
4916 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4917 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs
> (set
);
4918 set
->traversed_vars
= NULL
;
4923 variable_part_different_p (variable_part
*vp1
, variable_part
*vp2
)
4925 location_chain
*lc1
, *lc2
;
4927 for (lc1
= vp1
->loc_chain
; lc1
; lc1
= lc1
->next
)
4929 for (lc2
= vp2
->loc_chain
; lc2
; lc2
= lc2
->next
)
4931 if (REG_P (lc1
->loc
) && REG_P (lc2
->loc
))
4933 if (REGNO (lc1
->loc
) == REGNO (lc2
->loc
))
4936 if (rtx_equal_p (lc1
->loc
, lc2
->loc
))
4945 /* Return true if one-part variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different.
4946 They must be in canonical order. */
4949 onepart_variable_different_p (variable
*var1
, variable
*var2
)
4951 location_chain
*lc1
, *lc2
;
4956 gcc_assert (var1
->n_var_parts
== 1
4957 && var2
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4959 lc1
= var1
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4960 lc2
= var2
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4962 gcc_assert (lc1
&& lc2
);
4966 if (loc_cmp (lc1
->loc
, lc2
->loc
))
4975 /* Return true if one-part variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different.
4976 They must be in canonical order. */
4979 dump_onepart_variable_differences (variable
*var1
, variable
*var2
)
4981 location_chain
*lc1
, *lc2
;
4983 gcc_assert (var1
!= var2
);
4984 gcc_assert (dump_file
);
4985 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (var1
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var2
->dv
));
4986 gcc_assert (var1
->n_var_parts
== 1
4987 && var2
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4989 lc1
= var1
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4990 lc2
= var2
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4992 gcc_assert (lc1
&& lc2
);
4996 switch (loc_cmp (lc1
->loc
, lc2
->loc
))
4999 fprintf (dump_file
, "removed: ");
5000 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, lc1
->loc
);
5006 fprintf (dump_file
, "added: ");
5007 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, lc2
->loc
);
5019 fprintf (dump_file
, "removed: ");
5020 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, lc1
->loc
);
5026 fprintf (dump_file
, "added: ");
5027 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, lc2
->loc
);
5032 /* Return true if variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different. */
5035 variable_different_p (variable
*var1
, variable
*var2
)
5042 if (var1
->onepart
!= var2
->onepart
)
5045 if (var1
->n_var_parts
!= var2
->n_var_parts
)
5048 if (var1
->onepart
&& var1
->n_var_parts
)
5050 gcc_checking_assert (dv_as_opaque (var1
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var2
->dv
)
5051 && var1
->n_var_parts
== 1);
5052 /* One-part values have locations in a canonical order. */
5053 return onepart_variable_different_p (var1
, var2
);
5056 for (i
= 0; i
< var1
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
5058 if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (var1
, i
) != VAR_PART_OFFSET (var2
, i
))
5060 if (variable_part_different_p (&var1
->var_part
[i
], &var2
->var_part
[i
]))
5062 if (variable_part_different_p (&var2
->var_part
[i
], &var1
->var_part
[i
]))
5068 /* Return true if dataflow sets OLD_SET and NEW_SET differ. */
5071 dataflow_set_different (dataflow_set
*old_set
, dataflow_set
*new_set
)
5073 variable_iterator_type hi
;
5075 bool diffound
= false;
5076 bool details
= (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
));
5088 if (old_set
->vars
== new_set
->vars
)
5091 if (shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
)->elements ()
5092 != shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
)->elements ())
5095 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
),
5098 variable_table_type
*htab
= shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
);
5099 variable
*var2
= htab
->find_with_hash (var1
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (var1
->dv
));
5103 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
5105 fprintf (dump_file
, "dataflow difference found: removal of:\n");
5110 else if (variable_different_p (var1
, var2
))
5114 fprintf (dump_file
, "dataflow difference found: "
5115 "old and new follow:\n");
5117 if (dv_onepart_p (var1
->dv
))
5118 dump_onepart_variable_differences (var1
, var2
);
5125 /* There's no need to traverse the second hashtab unless we want to
5126 print the details. If both have the same number of elements and
5127 the second one had all entries found in the first one, then the
5128 second can't have any extra entries. */
5132 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
),
5135 variable_table_type
*htab
= shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
);
5136 variable
*var2
= htab
->find_with_hash (var1
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (var1
->dv
));
5141 fprintf (dump_file
, "dataflow difference found: addition of:\n");
5153 /* Free the contents of dataflow set SET. */
5156 dataflow_set_destroy (dataflow_set
*set
)
5160 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
5161 attrs_list_clear (&set
->regs
[i
]);
5163 shared_hash_destroy (set
->vars
);
5167 /* Return true if T is a tracked parameter with non-degenerate record type. */
5170 tracked_record_parameter_p (tree t
)
5172 if (TREE_CODE (t
) != PARM_DECL
)
5175 if (DECL_MODE (t
) == BLKmode
)
5178 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
5179 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != RECORD_TYPE
)
5182 if (TYPE_FIELDS (type
) == NULL_TREE
5183 || DECL_CHAIN (TYPE_FIELDS (type
)) == NULL_TREE
)
5189 /* Shall EXPR be tracked? */
5192 track_expr_p (tree expr
, bool need_rtl
)
5197 if (TREE_CODE (expr
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
)
5198 return DECL_RTL_SET_P (expr
);
5200 /* If EXPR is not a parameter or a variable do not track it. */
5201 if (!VAR_P (expr
) && TREE_CODE (expr
) != PARM_DECL
)
5204 /* It also must have a name... */
5205 if (!DECL_NAME (expr
) && need_rtl
)
5208 /* ... and a RTL assigned to it. */
5209 decl_rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (expr
);
5210 if (!decl_rtl
&& need_rtl
)
5213 /* If this expression is really a debug alias of some other declaration, we
5214 don't need to track this expression if the ultimate declaration is
5217 if (VAR_P (realdecl
) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (realdecl
))
5219 realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (realdecl
);
5220 if (!DECL_P (realdecl
))
5222 if (handled_component_p (realdecl
)
5223 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == MEM_REF
5224 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl
, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
))
5226 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
5229 = get_ref_base_and_extent_hwi (realdecl
, &bitpos
,
5230 &bitsize
, &reverse
);
5232 || !DECL_P (innerdecl
)
5233 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
5234 /* Do not track declarations for parts of tracked record
5235 parameters since we want to track them as a whole. */
5236 || tracked_record_parameter_p (innerdecl
)
5237 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
5239 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256)
5249 /* Do not track EXPR if REALDECL it should be ignored for debugging
5251 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (realdecl
))
5254 /* Do not track global variables until we are able to emit correct location
5256 if (TREE_STATIC (realdecl
))
5259 /* When the EXPR is a DECL for alias of some variable (see example)
5260 the TREE_STATIC flag is not used. Disable tracking all DECLs whose
5261 DECL_RTL contains SYMBOL_REF.
5264 extern char **_dl_argv_internal __attribute__ ((alias ("_dl_argv")));
5267 if (decl_rtl
&& MEM_P (decl_rtl
)
5268 && contains_symbol_ref_p (XEXP (decl_rtl
, 0)))
5271 /* If RTX is a memory it should not be very large (because it would be
5272 an array or struct). */
5273 if (decl_rtl
&& MEM_P (decl_rtl
))
5275 /* Do not track structures and arrays. */
5276 if ((GET_MODE (decl_rtl
) == BLKmode
5277 || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (realdecl
)))
5278 && !tracked_record_parameter_p (realdecl
))
5280 if (MEM_SIZE_KNOWN_P (decl_rtl
)
5281 && maybe_gt (MEM_SIZE (decl_rtl
), MAX_VAR_PARTS
))
5285 DECL_CHANGED (expr
) = 0;
5286 DECL_CHANGED (realdecl
) = 0;
5290 /* Determine whether a given LOC refers to the same variable part as
5294 same_variable_part_p (rtx loc
, tree expr
, poly_int64 offset
)
5299 if (! DECL_P (expr
))
5304 expr2
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
5305 offset2
= REG_OFFSET (loc
);
5307 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
5309 expr2
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
5310 offset2
= int_mem_offset (loc
);
5315 if (! expr2
|| ! DECL_P (expr2
))
5318 expr
= var_debug_decl (expr
);
5319 expr2
= var_debug_decl (expr2
);
5321 return (expr
== expr2
&& known_eq (offset
, offset2
));
5324 /* LOC is a REG or MEM that we would like to track if possible.
5325 If EXPR is null, we don't know what expression LOC refers to,
5326 otherwise it refers to EXPR + OFFSET. STORE_REG_P is true if
5327 LOC is an lvalue register.
5329 Return true if EXPR is nonnull and if LOC, or some lowpart of it,
5330 is something we can track. When returning true, store the mode of
5331 the lowpart we can track in *MODE_OUT (if nonnull) and its offset
5332 from EXPR in *OFFSET_OUT (if nonnull). */
5335 track_loc_p (rtx loc
, tree expr
, poly_int64 offset
, bool store_reg_p
,
5336 machine_mode
*mode_out
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*offset_out
)
5340 if (expr
== NULL
|| !track_expr_p (expr
, true))
5343 /* If REG was a paradoxical subreg, its REG_ATTRS will describe the
5344 whole subreg, but only the old inner part is really relevant. */
5345 mode
= GET_MODE (loc
);
5346 if (REG_P (loc
) && !HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (ORIGINAL_REGNO (loc
)))
5348 machine_mode pseudo_mode
;
5350 pseudo_mode
= PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (ORIGINAL_REGNO (loc
));
5351 if (paradoxical_subreg_p (mode
, pseudo_mode
))
5353 offset
+= byte_lowpart_offset (pseudo_mode
, mode
);
5358 /* If LOC is a paradoxical lowpart of EXPR, refer to EXPR itself.
5359 Do the same if we are storing to a register and EXPR occupies
5360 the whole of register LOC; in that case, the whole of EXPR is
5361 being changed. We exclude complex modes from the second case
5362 because the real and imaginary parts are represented as separate
5363 pseudo registers, even if the whole complex value fits into one
5365 if ((paradoxical_subreg_p (mode
, DECL_MODE (expr
))
5367 && !COMPLEX_MODE_P (DECL_MODE (expr
))
5368 && hard_regno_nregs (REGNO (loc
), DECL_MODE (expr
)) == 1))
5369 && known_eq (offset
+ byte_lowpart_offset (DECL_MODE (expr
), mode
), 0))
5371 mode
= DECL_MODE (expr
);
5375 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
5376 if (!track_offset_p (offset
, &const_offset
))
5382 *offset_out
= const_offset
;
5386 /* Return the MODE lowpart of LOC, or null if LOC is not something we
5387 want to track. When returning nonnull, make sure that the attributes
5388 on the returned value are updated. */
5391 var_lowpart (machine_mode mode
, rtx loc
)
5395 if (GET_MODE (loc
) == mode
)
5398 if (!REG_P (loc
) && !MEM_P (loc
))
5401 poly_uint64 offset
= byte_lowpart_offset (mode
, GET_MODE (loc
));
5404 return adjust_address_nv (loc
, mode
, offset
);
5406 poly_uint64 reg_offset
= subreg_lowpart_offset (mode
, GET_MODE (loc
));
5407 regno
= REGNO (loc
) + subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (loc
), GET_MODE (loc
),
5409 return gen_rtx_REG_offset (loc
, mode
, regno
, offset
);
5412 /* Carry information about uses and stores while walking rtx. */
5414 struct count_use_info
5416 /* The insn where the RTX is. */
5419 /* The basic block where insn is. */
5422 /* The array of n_sets sets in the insn, as determined by cselib. */
5423 struct cselib_set
*sets
;
5426 /* True if we're counting stores, false otherwise. */
5430 /* Find a VALUE corresponding to X. */
5432 static inline cselib_val
*
5433 find_use_val (rtx x
, machine_mode mode
, struct count_use_info
*cui
)
5439 /* This is called after uses are set up and before stores are
5440 processed by cselib, so it's safe to look up srcs, but not
5441 dsts. So we look up expressions that appear in srcs or in
5442 dest expressions, but we search the sets array for dests of
5446 /* Some targets represent memset and memcpy patterns
5447 by (set (mem:BLK ...) (reg:[QHSD]I ...)) or
5448 (set (mem:BLK ...) (const_int ...)) or
5449 (set (mem:BLK ...) (mem:BLK ...)). Don't return anything
5450 in that case, otherwise we end up with mode mismatches. */
5451 if (mode
== BLKmode
&& MEM_P (x
))
5453 for (i
= 0; i
< cui
->n_sets
; i
++)
5454 if (cui
->sets
[i
].dest
== x
)
5455 return cui
->sets
[i
].src_elt
;
5458 return cselib_lookup (x
, mode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
5464 /* Replace all registers and addresses in an expression with VALUE
5465 expressions that map back to them, unless the expression is a
5466 register. If no mapping is or can be performed, returns NULL. */
5469 replace_expr_with_values (rtx loc
)
5471 if (REG_P (loc
) || GET_CODE (loc
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
5473 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
5475 cselib_val
*addr
= cselib_lookup (XEXP (loc
, 0),
5476 get_address_mode (loc
), 0,
5479 return replace_equiv_address_nv (loc
, addr
->val_rtx
);
5484 return cselib_subst_to_values (loc
, VOIDmode
);
5487 /* Return true if X contains a DEBUG_EXPR. */
5490 rtx_debug_expr_p (const_rtx x
)
5492 subrtx_iterator::array_type array
;
5493 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter
, array
, x
, ALL
)
5494 if (GET_CODE (*iter
) == DEBUG_EXPR
)
5499 /* Determine what kind of micro operation to choose for a USE. Return
5500 MO_CLOBBER if no micro operation is to be generated. */
5502 static enum micro_operation_type
5503 use_type (rtx loc
, struct count_use_info
*cui
, machine_mode
*modep
)
5507 if (cui
&& cui
->sets
)
5509 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
5511 if (track_expr_p (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc
), false))
5513 rtx ploc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
);
5514 if (! VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (ploc
))
5516 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (ploc
, GET_MODE (loc
), 1,
5519 /* ??? flag_float_store and volatile mems are never
5520 given values, but we could in theory use them for
5522 gcc_assert (val
|| 1);
5530 if (REG_P (loc
) || MEM_P (loc
))
5533 *modep
= GET_MODE (loc
);
5537 || (find_use_val (loc
, GET_MODE (loc
), cui
)
5538 && cselib_lookup (XEXP (loc
, 0),
5539 get_address_mode (loc
), 0,
5545 cselib_val
*val
= find_use_val (loc
, GET_MODE (loc
), cui
);
5547 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5555 gcc_assert (REGNO (loc
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
5557 if (loc
== cfa_base_rtx
)
5559 expr
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
5562 return MO_USE_NO_VAR
;
5563 else if (target_for_debug_bind (var_debug_decl (expr
)))
5565 else if (track_loc_p (loc
, expr
, REG_OFFSET (loc
),
5566 false, modep
, NULL
))
5569 return MO_USE_NO_VAR
;
5571 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
5573 expr
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
5577 else if (target_for_debug_bind (var_debug_decl (expr
)))
5579 else if (track_loc_p (loc
, expr
, int_mem_offset (loc
),
5581 /* Multi-part variables shouldn't refer to one-part
5582 variable names such as VALUEs (never happens) or
5583 DEBUG_EXPRs (only happens in the presence of debug
5585 && (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
5586 || !rtx_debug_expr_p (XEXP (loc
, 0))))
5595 /* Log to OUT information about micro-operation MOPT involving X in
5599 log_op_type (rtx x
, basic_block bb
, rtx_insn
*insn
,
5600 enum micro_operation_type mopt
, FILE *out
)
5602 fprintf (out
, "bb %i op %i insn %i %s ",
5603 bb
->index
, VTI (bb
)->mos
.length (),
5604 INSN_UID (insn
), micro_operation_type_name
[mopt
]);
5605 print_inline_rtx (out
, x
, 2);
5609 /* Tell whether the CONCAT used to holds a VALUE and its location
5610 needs value resolution, i.e., an attempt of mapping the location
5611 back to other incoming values. */
5612 #define VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION(x) \
5613 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION", (x), CONCAT)->volatil)
5614 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT is a tracked expression, that
5615 should also be handled like a MO_USE. */
5616 #define VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR(x) \
5617 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR", (x), CONCAT)->used)
5618 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT should be handled like a MO_COPY
5620 #define VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED(x) \
5621 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED", (x), CONCAT)->jump)
5622 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT should be handled like a
5623 MO_CLOBBER as well. */
5624 #define VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED(x) \
5625 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED", (x), CONCAT)->unchanging)
5627 /* All preserved VALUEs. */
5628 static vec
<rtx
> preserved_values
;
5630 /* Ensure VAL is preserved and remember it in a vector for vt_emit_notes. */
5633 preserve_value (cselib_val
*val
)
5635 cselib_preserve_value (val
);
5636 preserved_values
.safe_push (val
->val_rtx
);
5639 /* Helper function for MO_VAL_LOC handling. Return non-zero if
5640 any rtxes not suitable for CONST use not replaced by VALUEs
5644 non_suitable_const (const_rtx x
)
5646 subrtx_iterator::array_type array
;
5647 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter
, array
, x
, ALL
)
5649 const_rtx x
= *iter
;
5650 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
5661 if (!MEM_READONLY_P (x
))
5671 /* Add uses (register and memory references) LOC which will be tracked
5672 to VTI (bb)->mos. */
5675 add_uses (rtx loc
, struct count_use_info
*cui
)
5677 machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
;
5678 enum micro_operation_type type
= use_type (loc
, cui
, &mode
);
5680 if (type
!= MO_CLOBBER
)
5682 basic_block bb
= cui
->bb
;
5686 mo
.u
.loc
= type
== MO_USE
? var_lowpart (mode
, loc
) : loc
;
5687 mo
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
5689 if (type
== MO_VAL_LOC
)
5692 rtx vloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc
);
5695 gcc_assert (cui
->sets
);
5698 && !REG_P (XEXP (vloc
, 0))
5699 && !MEM_P (XEXP (vloc
, 0)))
5702 machine_mode address_mode
= get_address_mode (mloc
);
5704 = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc
, 0), address_mode
, 0,
5707 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5708 preserve_value (val
);
5711 if (CONSTANT_P (vloc
)
5712 && (GET_CODE (vloc
) != CONST
|| non_suitable_const (vloc
)))
5713 /* For constants don't look up any value. */;
5714 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (vloc
) && !unsuitable_loc (vloc
)
5715 && (val
= find_use_val (vloc
, GET_MODE (oloc
), cui
)))
5718 enum micro_operation_type type2
;
5720 bool resolvable
= REG_P (vloc
) || MEM_P (vloc
);
5723 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (vloc
);
5727 oloc
= shallow_copy_rtx (oloc
);
5728 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc
) = nloc
;
5731 oloc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, val
->val_rtx
, oloc
);
5733 type2
= use_type (vloc
, 0, &mode2
);
5735 gcc_assert (type2
== MO_USE
|| type2
== MO_USE_NO_VAR
5736 || type2
== MO_CLOBBER
);
5738 if (type2
== MO_CLOBBER
5739 && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5741 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (oloc
) = resolvable
;
5742 preserve_value (val
);
5745 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (vloc
))
5747 oloc
= shallow_copy_rtx (oloc
);
5748 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc
) = gen_rtx_UNKNOWN_VAR_LOC ();
5753 else if (type
== MO_VAL_USE
)
5755 machine_mode mode2
= VOIDmode
;
5756 enum micro_operation_type type2
;
5757 cselib_val
*val
= find_use_val (loc
, GET_MODE (loc
), cui
);
5758 rtx vloc
, oloc
= loc
, nloc
;
5760 gcc_assert (cui
->sets
);
5763 && !REG_P (XEXP (oloc
, 0))
5764 && !MEM_P (XEXP (oloc
, 0)))
5767 machine_mode address_mode
= get_address_mode (mloc
);
5769 = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc
, 0), address_mode
, 0,
5772 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5773 preserve_value (val
);
5776 type2
= use_type (loc
, 0, &mode2
);
5778 gcc_assert (type2
== MO_USE
|| type2
== MO_USE_NO_VAR
5779 || type2
== MO_CLOBBER
);
5781 if (type2
== MO_USE
)
5782 vloc
= var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
);
5786 /* The loc of a MO_VAL_USE may have two forms:
5788 (concat val src): val is at src, a value-based
5791 (concat (concat val use) src): same as above, with use as
5792 the MO_USE tracked value, if it differs from src.
5796 gcc_checking_assert (REG_P (loc
) || MEM_P (loc
));
5797 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (loc
);
5802 oloc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode2
, val
->val_rtx
, vloc
);
5804 oloc
= val
->val_rtx
;
5806 mo
.u
.loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, oloc
, nloc
);
5808 if (type2
== MO_USE
)
5809 VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (mo
.u
.loc
) = 1;
5810 if (!cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5812 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (mo
.u
.loc
) = 1;
5813 preserve_value (val
);
5817 gcc_assert (type
== MO_USE
|| type
== MO_USE_NO_VAR
);
5819 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
5820 log_op_type (mo
.u
.loc
, cui
->bb
, cui
->insn
, mo
.type
, dump_file
);
5821 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
5825 /* Helper function for finding all uses of REG/MEM in X in insn INSN. */
5828 add_uses_1 (rtx
*x
, void *cui
)
5830 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
5831 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, *x
, NONCONST
)
5832 add_uses (*iter
, (struct count_use_info
*) cui
);
5835 /* This is the value used during expansion of locations. We want it
5836 to be unbounded, so that variables expanded deep in a recursion
5837 nest are fully evaluated, so that their values are cached
5838 correctly. We avoid recursion cycles through other means, and we
5839 don't unshare RTL, so excess complexity is not a problem. */
5840 #define EXPR_DEPTH (INT_MAX)
5841 /* We use this to keep too-complex expressions from being emitted as
5842 location notes, and then to debug information. Users can trade
5843 compile time for ridiculously complex expressions, although they're
5844 seldom useful, and they may often have to be discarded as not
5845 representable anyway. */
5846 #define EXPR_USE_DEPTH (param_max_vartrack_expr_depth)
5848 /* Attempt to reverse the EXPR operation in the debug info and record
5849 it in the cselib table. Say for reg1 = reg2 + 6 even when reg2 is
5850 no longer live we can express its value as VAL - 6. */
5853 reverse_op (rtx val
, const_rtx expr
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
5857 struct elt_loc_list
*l
;
5861 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
5864 if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (expr
)) || GET_MODE (val
) != GET_MODE (SET_DEST (expr
)))
5867 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
5868 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
5875 if (!REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0)))
5880 if (!REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0)) && !MEM_P (XEXP (src
, 0)))
5887 if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (src
)) || XEXP (src
, 0) == cfa_base_rtx
)
5890 v
= cselib_lookup (XEXP (src
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (src
, 0)), 0, VOIDmode
);
5891 if (!v
|| !cselib_preserved_value_p (v
))
5894 /* Use canonical V to avoid creating multiple redundant expressions
5895 for different VALUES equivalent to V. */
5896 v
= canonical_cselib_val (v
);
5898 /* Adding a reverse op isn't useful if V already has an always valid
5899 location. Ignore ENTRY_VALUE, while it is always constant, we should
5900 prefer non-ENTRY_VALUE locations whenever possible. */
5901 for (l
= v
->locs
, count
= 0; l
; l
= l
->next
, count
++)
5902 if (CONSTANT_P (l
->loc
)
5903 && (GET_CODE (l
->loc
) != CONST
|| !references_value_p (l
->loc
, 0)))
5905 /* Avoid creating too large locs lists. */
5906 else if (count
== param_max_vartrack_reverse_op_size
)
5909 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
5913 if (GET_MODE (v
->val_rtx
) != GET_MODE (val
))
5915 ret
= gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (src
), GET_MODE (val
), val
);
5919 ret
= gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (v
->val_rtx
), val
);
5931 if (GET_MODE (v
->val_rtx
) != GET_MODE (val
))
5933 arg
= XEXP (src
, 1);
5934 if (!CONST_INT_P (arg
) && GET_CODE (arg
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
5936 arg
= cselib_expand_value_rtx (arg
, scratch_regs
, 5);
5937 if (arg
== NULL_RTX
)
5939 if (!CONST_INT_P (arg
) && GET_CODE (arg
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
5942 ret
= simplify_gen_binary (code
, GET_MODE (val
), val
, arg
);
5948 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (v
, ret
, insn
);
5951 /* Add stores (register and memory references) LOC which will be tracked
5952 to VTI (bb)->mos. EXPR is the RTL expression containing the store.
5953 CUIP->insn is instruction which the LOC is part of. */
5956 add_stores (rtx loc
, const_rtx expr
, void *cuip
)
5958 machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
, mode2
;
5959 struct count_use_info
*cui
= (struct count_use_info
*)cuip
;
5960 basic_block bb
= cui
->bb
;
5962 rtx oloc
= loc
, nloc
, src
= NULL
;
5963 enum micro_operation_type type
= use_type (loc
, cui
, &mode
);
5964 bool track_p
= false;
5966 bool resolve
, preserve
;
5968 if (type
== MO_CLOBBER
)
5975 gcc_assert (loc
!= cfa_base_rtx
);
5976 if ((GET_CODE (expr
) == CLOBBER
&& type
!= MO_VAL_SET
)
5977 || !(track_p
= use_type (loc
, NULL
, &mode2
) == MO_USE
)
5978 || GET_CODE (expr
) == CLOBBER
)
5980 mo
.type
= MO_CLOBBER
;
5982 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
5983 && (SET_DEST (expr
) == loc
5984 || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (expr
)) == STRICT_LOW_PART
5985 && XEXP (SET_DEST (expr
), 0) == loc
))
5986 && !unsuitable_loc (SET_SRC (expr
))
5987 && find_use_val (loc
, mode
, cui
))
5989 gcc_checking_assert (type
== MO_VAL_SET
);
5990 mo
.u
.loc
= gen_rtx_SET (loc
, SET_SRC (expr
));
5995 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
5996 && SET_DEST (expr
) == loc
5997 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr
)) != ASM_OPERANDS
)
5998 src
= var_lowpart (mode2
, SET_SRC (expr
));
5999 loc
= var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
);
6008 rtx xexpr
= gen_rtx_SET (loc
, src
);
6009 if (same_variable_part_p (src
, REG_EXPR (loc
), REG_OFFSET (loc
)))
6011 /* If this is an instruction copying (part of) a parameter
6012 passed by invisible reference to its register location,
6013 pretend it's a SET so that the initial memory location
6014 is discarded, as the parameter register can be reused
6015 for other purposes and we do not track locations based
6016 on generic registers. */
6019 && TREE_CODE (REG_EXPR (loc
)) == PARM_DECL
6020 && DECL_MODE (REG_EXPR (loc
)) != BLKmode
6021 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)))
6022 && XEXP (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)), 0)
6033 mo
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
6035 else if (MEM_P (loc
)
6036 && ((track_p
= use_type (loc
, NULL
, &mode2
) == MO_USE
)
6039 if (MEM_P (loc
) && type
== MO_VAL_SET
6040 && !REG_P (XEXP (loc
, 0))
6041 && !MEM_P (XEXP (loc
, 0)))
6044 machine_mode address_mode
= get_address_mode (mloc
);
6045 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc
, 0),
6049 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6050 preserve_value (val
);
6053 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == CLOBBER
|| !track_p
)
6055 mo
.type
= MO_CLOBBER
;
6056 mo
.u
.loc
= track_p
? var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
) : loc
;
6060 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
6061 && SET_DEST (expr
) == loc
6062 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr
)) != ASM_OPERANDS
)
6063 src
= var_lowpart (mode2
, SET_SRC (expr
));
6064 loc
= var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
);
6073 rtx xexpr
= gen_rtx_SET (loc
, src
);
6074 if (same_variable_part_p (SET_SRC (xexpr
),
6076 int_mem_offset (loc
)))
6083 mo
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
6088 if (type
!= MO_VAL_SET
)
6089 goto log_and_return
;
6091 v
= find_use_val (oloc
, mode
, cui
);
6094 goto log_and_return
;
6096 resolve
= preserve
= !cselib_preserved_value_p (v
);
6098 /* We cannot track values for multiple-part variables, so we track only
6099 locations for tracked record parameters. */
6103 && tracked_record_parameter_p (REG_EXPR (loc
)))
6105 /* Although we don't use the value here, it could be used later by the
6106 mere virtue of its existence as the operand of the reverse operation
6107 that gave rise to it (typically extension/truncation). Make sure it
6108 is preserved as required by vt_expand_var_loc_chain. */
6111 goto log_and_return
;
6114 if (loc
== stack_pointer_rtx
6115 && (maybe_ne (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
, -1)
6116 || (!frame_pointer_needed
&& !ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
))
6118 cselib_set_value_sp_based (v
);
6120 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (oloc
);
6124 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (cui
->insn
)) == COND_EXEC
)
6126 cselib_val
*oval
= cselib_lookup (oloc
, GET_MODE (oloc
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6130 gcc_assert (REG_P (oloc
) || MEM_P (oloc
));
6132 if (oval
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (oval
))
6134 micro_operation moa
;
6136 preserve_value (oval
);
6138 moa
.type
= MO_VAL_USE
;
6139 moa
.u
.loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, oval
->val_rtx
, oloc
);
6140 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (moa
.u
.loc
) = 1;
6141 moa
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
6143 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6144 log_op_type (moa
.u
.loc
, cui
->bb
, cui
->insn
,
6145 moa
.type
, dump_file
);
6146 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (moa
);
6151 else if (resolve
&& GET_CODE (mo
.u
.loc
) == SET
)
6153 if (REG_P (SET_SRC (expr
)) || MEM_P (SET_SRC (expr
)))
6154 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (SET_SRC (expr
));
6158 /* Avoid the mode mismatch between oexpr and expr. */
6159 if (!nloc
&& mode
!= mode2
)
6161 nloc
= SET_SRC (expr
);
6162 gcc_assert (oloc
== SET_DEST (expr
));
6165 if (nloc
&& nloc
!= SET_SRC (mo
.u
.loc
))
6166 oloc
= gen_rtx_SET (oloc
, nloc
);
6169 if (oloc
== SET_DEST (mo
.u
.loc
))
6170 /* No point in duplicating. */
6172 if (!REG_P (SET_SRC (mo
.u
.loc
)))
6178 if (GET_CODE (mo
.u
.loc
) == SET
6179 && oloc
== SET_DEST (mo
.u
.loc
))
6180 /* No point in duplicating. */
6186 loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, v
->val_rtx
, oloc
);
6188 if (mo
.u
.loc
!= oloc
)
6189 loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (mo
.u
.loc
), loc
, mo
.u
.loc
);
6191 /* The loc of a MO_VAL_SET may have various forms:
6193 (concat val dst): dst now holds val
6195 (concat val (set dst src)): dst now holds val, copied from src
6197 (concat (concat val dstv) dst): dst now holds val; dstv is dst
6198 after replacing mems and non-top-level regs with values.
6200 (concat (concat val dstv) (set dst src)): dst now holds val,
6201 copied from src. dstv is a value-based representation of dst, if
6202 it differs from dst. If resolution is needed, src is a REG, and
6203 its mode is the same as that of val.
6205 (concat (concat val (set dstv srcv)) (set dst src)): src
6206 copied to dst, holding val. dstv and srcv are value-based
6207 representations of dst and src, respectively.
6211 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (cui
->insn
)) != COND_EXEC
)
6212 reverse_op (v
->val_rtx
, expr
, cui
->insn
);
6217 VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
) = 1;
6220 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
) = resolve
;
6223 if (mo
.type
== MO_CLOBBER
)
6224 VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc
) = 1;
6225 if (mo
.type
== MO_COPY
)
6226 VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc
) = 1;
6228 mo
.type
= MO_VAL_SET
;
6231 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6232 log_op_type (mo
.u
.loc
, cui
->bb
, cui
->insn
, mo
.type
, dump_file
);
6233 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
6236 /* Arguments to the call. */
6237 static rtx call_arguments
;
6239 /* Compute call_arguments. */
6242 prepare_call_arguments (basic_block bb
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
6245 rtx prev
, cur
, next
;
6246 rtx this_arg
= NULL_RTX
;
6247 tree type
= NULL_TREE
, t
, fndecl
= NULL_TREE
;
6248 tree obj_type_ref
= NULL_TREE
;
6249 CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far_v
;
6250 cumulative_args_t args_so_far
;
6252 memset (&args_so_far_v
, 0, sizeof (args_so_far_v
));
6253 args_so_far
= pack_cumulative_args (&args_so_far_v
);
6254 call
= get_call_rtx_from (insn
);
6257 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (call
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
)
6259 rtx symbol
= XEXP (XEXP (call
, 0), 0);
6260 if (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol
))
6261 fndecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol
);
6263 if (fndecl
== NULL_TREE
)
6264 fndecl
= MEM_EXPR (XEXP (call
, 0));
6266 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)) != FUNCTION_TYPE
6267 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)) != METHOD_TYPE
)
6269 if (fndecl
&& TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)))
6270 type
= TREE_TYPE (fndecl
);
6271 if (fndecl
&& TREE_CODE (fndecl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
6273 if (TREE_CODE (fndecl
) == INDIRECT_REF
6274 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (fndecl
, 0)) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
6275 obj_type_ref
= TREE_OPERAND (fndecl
, 0);
6280 for (t
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
); t
&& t
!= void_list_node
;
6282 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (t
)) == REFERENCE_TYPE
6283 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (t
))))
6285 if ((t
== NULL
|| t
== void_list_node
) && obj_type_ref
== NULL_TREE
)
6289 int nargs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
= list_length (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
));
6290 link
= CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
);
6291 #ifndef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
6292 if (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (type
), type
)
6293 && targetm
.calls
.struct_value_rtx (type
, 0) == 0)
6295 tree struct_addr
= build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (type
));
6296 function_arg_info
arg (struct_addr
, /*named=*/true);
6298 INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v
, type
, NULL_RTX
, fndecl
,
6300 reg
= targetm
.calls
.function_arg (args_so_far
, arg
);
6301 targetm
.calls
.function_arg_advance (args_so_far
, arg
);
6302 if (reg
== NULL_RTX
)
6304 for (; link
; link
= XEXP (link
, 1))
6305 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link
, 0)) == USE
6306 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0)))
6308 link
= XEXP (link
, 1);
6315 INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v
, type
, NULL_RTX
, fndecl
,
6317 if (obj_type_ref
&& TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
) != void_list_node
)
6319 t
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
);
6320 function_arg_info
arg (TREE_VALUE (t
), /*named=*/true);
6321 this_arg
= targetm
.calls
.function_arg (args_so_far
, arg
);
6322 if (this_arg
&& !REG_P (this_arg
))
6323 this_arg
= NULL_RTX
;
6324 else if (this_arg
== NULL_RTX
)
6326 for (; link
; link
= XEXP (link
, 1))
6327 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link
, 0)) == USE
6328 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0)))
6330 this_arg
= XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0);
6338 t
= type
? TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
) : NULL_TREE
;
6340 for (link
= CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
); link
; link
= XEXP (link
, 1))
6341 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link
, 0)) == USE
)
6343 rtx item
= NULL_RTX
;
6344 x
= XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0);
6345 if (GET_MODE (link
) == VOIDmode
6346 || GET_MODE (link
) == BLKmode
6347 || (GET_MODE (link
) != GET_MODE (x
)
6348 && ((GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (link
)) != MODE_INT
6349 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (link
)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6350 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) != MODE_INT
6351 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
))))
6352 /* Can't do anything for these, if the original type mode
6353 isn't known or can't be converted. */;
6356 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6357 scalar_int_mode mode
;
6358 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6359 item
= val
->val_rtx
;
6360 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (x
), &mode
))
6362 opt_scalar_int_mode mode_iter
;
6363 FOR_EACH_WIDER_MODE (mode_iter
, mode
)
6365 mode
= mode_iter
.require ();
6366 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) > BITS_PER_WORD
)
6369 rtx reg
= simplify_subreg (mode
, x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0);
6370 if (reg
== NULL_RTX
|| !REG_P (reg
))
6372 val
= cselib_lookup (reg
, mode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
6373 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6375 item
= val
->val_rtx
;
6386 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
6388 class adjust_mem_data amd
;
6389 amd
.mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
6390 amd
.stack_adjust
= -VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
6392 mem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (mem
, NULL_RTX
, adjust_mems
,
6394 gcc_assert (amd
.side_effects
.is_empty ());
6396 val
= cselib_lookup (mem
, GET_MODE (mem
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6397 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6398 item
= val
->val_rtx
;
6399 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem
)) != MODE_INT
6400 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem
)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6402 /* For non-integer stack argument see also if they weren't
6403 initialized by integers. */
6404 scalar_int_mode imode
;
6405 if (int_mode_for_mode (GET_MODE (mem
)).exists (&imode
)
6406 && imode
!= GET_MODE (mem
))
6408 val
= cselib_lookup (adjust_address_nv (mem
, imode
, 0),
6409 imode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
6410 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6411 item
= lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (x
), val
->val_rtx
,
6419 if (GET_MODE (item
) != GET_MODE (link
))
6420 item
= lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (link
), item
, GET_MODE (item
));
6421 if (GET_MODE (x2
) != GET_MODE (link
))
6422 x2
= lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (link
), x2
, GET_MODE (x2
));
6423 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (link
), x2
, item
);
6425 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
, call_arguments
);
6427 if (t
&& t
!= void_list_node
)
6430 function_arg_info
arg (TREE_VALUE (t
), /*named=*/true);
6431 apply_pass_by_reference_rules (&args_so_far_v
, arg
);
6432 reg
= targetm
.calls
.function_arg (args_so_far
, arg
);
6433 if (TREE_CODE (arg
.type
) == REFERENCE_TYPE
6434 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (arg
.type
))
6437 && GET_MODE (reg
) == arg
.mode
6438 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (arg
.mode
) == MODE_INT
6439 || GET_MODE_CLASS (arg
.mode
) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6441 && REGNO (x
) == REGNO (reg
)
6442 && GET_MODE (x
) == arg
.mode
6445 machine_mode indmode
6446 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg
.type
));
6447 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (indmode
, x
);
6448 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (mem
, indmode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
6449 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6451 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (indmode
, mem
, val
->val_rtx
);
6452 call_arguments
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
,
6457 struct elt_loc_list
*l
;
6460 /* Try harder, when passing address of a constant
6461 pool integer it can be easily read back. */
6462 item
= XEXP (item
, 1);
6463 if (GET_CODE (item
) == SUBREG
)
6464 item
= SUBREG_REG (item
);
6465 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (item
) == VALUE
);
6466 val
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (item
);
6467 for (l
= val
->locs
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
6468 if (GET_CODE (l
->loc
) == SYMBOL_REF
6469 && TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (l
->loc
)
6470 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->loc
)
6471 && DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->loc
)))
6473 initial
= DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->loc
));
6474 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (initial
))
6476 item
= GEN_INT (tree_to_shwi (initial
));
6477 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (indmode
, mem
, item
);
6479 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
,
6486 targetm
.calls
.function_arg_advance (args_so_far
, arg
);
6491 /* Add debug arguments. */
6493 && TREE_CODE (fndecl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
6494 && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_ARGS_P (fndecl
))
6496 vec
<tree
, va_gc
> **debug_args
= decl_debug_args_lookup (fndecl
);
6501 for (ix
= 0; vec_safe_iterate (*debug_args
, ix
, ¶m
); ix
+= 2)
6504 tree dtemp
= (**debug_args
)[ix
+ 1];
6505 machine_mode mode
= DECL_MODE (dtemp
);
6506 item
= gen_rtx_DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF (mode
, param
);
6507 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, item
, DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dtemp
));
6508 call_arguments
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
,
6514 /* Reverse call_arguments chain. */
6516 for (cur
= call_arguments
; cur
; cur
= next
)
6518 next
= XEXP (cur
, 1);
6519 XEXP (cur
, 1) = prev
;
6522 call_arguments
= prev
;
6524 x
= get_call_rtx_from (insn
);
6527 x
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
6528 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
6529 /* Don't record anything. */;
6530 else if (CONSTANT_P (x
))
6532 x
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (x
) == VOIDmode
? Pmode
: GET_MODE (x
),
6535 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, call_arguments
);
6539 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6540 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6542 x
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (x
), pc_rtx
, val
->val_rtx
);
6544 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, call_arguments
);
6551 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (OBJ_TYPE_REF_EXPR (obj_type_ref
)));
6552 rtx clobbered
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, this_arg
);
6554 = tree_to_shwi (OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (obj_type_ref
));
6556 clobbered
= plus_constant (mode
, clobbered
,
6557 token
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
6558 clobbered
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, clobbered
);
6559 x
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode
, pc_rtx
), clobbered
);
6561 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, call_arguments
);
6565 /* Callback for cselib_record_sets_hook, that records as micro
6566 operations uses and stores in an insn after cselib_record_sets has
6567 analyzed the sets in an insn, but before it modifies the stored
6568 values in the internal tables, unless cselib_record_sets doesn't
6569 call it directly (perhaps because we're not doing cselib in the
6570 first place, in which case sets and n_sets will be 0). */
6573 add_with_sets (rtx_insn
*insn
, struct cselib_set
*sets
, int n_sets
)
6575 basic_block bb
= BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn
);
6577 struct count_use_info cui
;
6578 micro_operation
*mos
;
6580 cselib_hook_called
= true;
6585 cui
.n_sets
= n_sets
;
6587 n1
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length ();
6588 cui
.store_p
= false;
6589 note_uses (&PATTERN (insn
), add_uses_1
, &cui
);
6590 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6591 mos
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.address ();
6593 /* Order the MO_USEs to be before MO_USE_NO_VARs and MO_VAL_USE, and
6597 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
== MO_USE
)
6599 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
!= MO_USE
)
6602 std::swap (mos
[n1
], mos
[n2
]);
6605 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6608 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
!= MO_VAL_LOC
)
6610 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
== MO_VAL_LOC
)
6613 std::swap (mos
[n1
], mos
[n2
]);
6622 mo
.u
.loc
= call_arguments
;
6623 call_arguments
= NULL_RTX
;
6625 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6626 log_op_type (PATTERN (insn
), bb
, insn
, mo
.type
, dump_file
);
6627 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
6630 n1
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length ();
6631 /* This will record NEXT_INSN (insn), such that we can
6632 insert notes before it without worrying about any
6633 notes that MO_USEs might emit after the insn. */
6635 note_stores (insn
, add_stores
, &cui
);
6636 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6637 mos
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.address ();
6639 /* Order the MO_VAL_USEs first (note_stores does nothing
6640 on DEBUG_INSNs, so there are no MO_VAL_LOCs from this
6641 insn), then MO_CLOBBERs, then MO_SET/MO_COPY/MO_VAL_SET. */
6644 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
== MO_VAL_USE
)
6646 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
!= MO_VAL_USE
)
6649 std::swap (mos
[n1
], mos
[n2
]);
6652 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6655 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
== MO_CLOBBER
)
6657 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
!= MO_CLOBBER
)
6660 std::swap (mos
[n1
], mos
[n2
]);
6664 static enum var_init_status
6665 find_src_status (dataflow_set
*in
, rtx src
)
6667 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
6668 enum var_init_status status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
;
6670 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
6671 status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
6673 if (src
&& REG_P (src
))
6674 decl
= var_debug_decl (REG_EXPR (src
));
6675 else if (src
&& MEM_P (src
))
6676 decl
= var_debug_decl (MEM_EXPR (src
));
6679 status
= get_init_value (in
, src
, dv_from_decl (decl
));
6684 /* SRC is the source of an assignment. Use SET to try to find what
6685 was ultimately assigned to SRC. Return that value if known,
6686 otherwise return SRC itself. */
6689 find_src_set_src (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx src
)
6691 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
; /* The variable being copied around. */
6692 rtx set_src
= NULL_RTX
; /* The value for "decl" stored in "src". */
6694 location_chain
*nextp
;
6698 if (src
&& REG_P (src
))
6699 decl
= var_debug_decl (REG_EXPR (src
));
6700 else if (src
&& MEM_P (src
))
6701 decl
= var_debug_decl (MEM_EXPR (src
));
6705 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_decl (decl
);
6707 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
6711 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
&& !found
; i
++)
6712 for (nextp
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; nextp
&& !found
;
6713 nextp
= nextp
->next
)
6714 if (rtx_equal_p (nextp
->loc
, src
))
6716 set_src
= nextp
->set_src
;
6726 /* Compute the changes of variable locations in the basic block BB. */
6729 compute_bb_dataflow (basic_block bb
)
6732 micro_operation
*mo
;
6734 dataflow_set old_out
;
6735 dataflow_set
*in
= &VTI (bb
)->in
;
6736 dataflow_set
*out
= &VTI (bb
)->out
;
6738 dataflow_set_init (&old_out
);
6739 dataflow_set_copy (&old_out
, out
);
6740 dataflow_set_copy (out
, in
);
6742 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
6743 local_get_addr_cache
= new hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
>;
6745 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (VTI (bb
)->mos
, i
, mo
)
6747 rtx_insn
*insn
= mo
->insn
;
6752 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (out
, insn
);
6757 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6760 var_reg_set (out
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
6761 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6762 var_mem_set (out
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
6768 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6772 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == CONCAT
)
6774 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
6775 vloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
6783 var
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (vloc
);
6785 clobber_variable_part (out
, NULL_RTX
,
6786 dv_from_decl (var
), 0, NULL_RTX
);
6789 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6790 val_resolve (out
, val
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
), insn
);
6791 set_variable_part (out
, val
, dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
6792 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
6795 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
)))
6796 set_variable_part (out
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
),
6797 dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
6798 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
6805 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6806 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
6808 vloc
= uloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
6809 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
6811 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
6813 uloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
6814 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
6817 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6818 val_resolve (out
, val
, vloc
, insn
);
6820 val_store (out
, val
, uloc
, insn
, false);
6822 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
6824 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == REG
)
6825 var_reg_set (out
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
6827 else if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == MEM
)
6828 var_mem_set (out
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
6836 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6837 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
6841 uloc
= XEXP (vloc
, 1);
6842 val
= XEXP (vloc
, 0);
6845 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
6847 dstv
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
6848 srcv
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
6856 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
6858 dstv
= vloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
6859 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
6862 if (GET_CODE (vloc
) == SET
)
6864 srcv
= SET_SRC (vloc
);
6866 gcc_assert (val
!= srcv
);
6867 gcc_assert (vloc
== uloc
|| VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
));
6869 dstv
= vloc
= SET_DEST (vloc
);
6871 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6872 val_resolve (out
, val
, srcv
, insn
);
6874 else if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6876 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
6877 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (uloc
)) == REG
);
6878 val_resolve (out
, val
, SET_SRC (uloc
), insn
);
6881 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
6883 if (VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc
))
6886 var_reg_delete (out
, uloc
, true);
6887 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
6889 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
6890 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (uloc
));
6891 var_mem_delete (out
, dstv
, true);
6896 bool copied_p
= VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc
);
6897 rtx src
= NULL
, dst
= uloc
;
6898 enum var_init_status status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
6900 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
6902 src
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
6903 dst
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
6908 if (flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
6910 status
= find_src_status (in
, src
);
6912 if (status
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
6913 status
= find_src_status (out
, src
);
6916 src
= find_src_set_src (in
, src
);
6920 var_reg_delete_and_set (out
, dst
, !copied_p
,
6922 else if (MEM_P (dst
))
6924 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
6925 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (dst
));
6926 var_mem_delete_and_set (out
, dstv
, !copied_p
,
6931 else if (REG_P (uloc
))
6932 var_regno_delete (out
, REGNO (uloc
));
6933 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
6935 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (vloc
) == MEM
);
6936 gcc_checking_assert (dstv
== vloc
);
6938 clobber_overlapping_mems (out
, vloc
);
6941 val_store (out
, val
, dstv
, insn
, true);
6947 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6950 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
6952 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
6953 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
6957 var_reg_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
6959 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6960 var_mem_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
6967 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6968 enum var_init_status src_status
;
6971 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
6973 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
6974 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
6977 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
6978 src_status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
6981 src_status
= find_src_status (in
, set_src
);
6983 if (src_status
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
6984 src_status
= find_src_status (out
, set_src
);
6987 set_src
= find_src_set_src (in
, set_src
);
6990 var_reg_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
6991 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6992 var_mem_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
6998 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
7001 var_reg_delete (out
, loc
, false);
7002 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
7003 var_mem_delete (out
, loc
, false);
7009 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
7012 var_reg_delete (out
, loc
, true);
7013 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
7014 var_mem_delete (out
, loc
, true);
7019 out
->stack_adjust
+= mo
->u
.adjust
;
7024 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
7026 delete local_get_addr_cache
;
7027 local_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
7029 dataflow_set_equiv_regs (out
);
7030 shared_hash_htab (out
->vars
)
7031 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_values_mark
> (out
);
7032 shared_hash_htab (out
->vars
)
7033 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_values_star
> (out
);
7035 shared_hash_htab (out
->vars
)
7036 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_loc_order_check
> (out
);
7038 changed
= dataflow_set_different (&old_out
, out
);
7039 dataflow_set_destroy (&old_out
);
7043 /* Find the locations of variables in the whole function. */
7046 vt_find_locations (void)
7048 bb_heap_t
*worklist
= new bb_heap_t (LONG_MIN
);
7049 bb_heap_t
*pending
= new bb_heap_t (LONG_MIN
);
7050 sbitmap in_worklist
, in_pending
;
7057 int htabmax
= param_max_vartrack_size
;
7058 bool success
= true;
7060 timevar_push (TV_VAR_TRACKING_DATAFLOW
);
7061 /* Compute reverse completion order of depth first search of the CFG
7062 so that the data-flow runs faster. */
7063 rc_order
= XNEWVEC (int, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) - NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS
);
7064 bb_order
= XNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7065 pre_and_rev_post_order_compute (NULL
, rc_order
, false);
7066 for (i
= 0; i
< n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) - NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS
; i
++)
7067 bb_order
[rc_order
[i
]] = i
;
7070 auto_sbitmap
visited (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7071 in_worklist
= sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7072 in_pending
= sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7073 bitmap_clear (in_worklist
);
7075 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
7076 pending
->insert (bb_order
[bb
->index
], bb
);
7077 bitmap_ones (in_pending
);
7079 while (success
&& !pending
->empty ())
7081 std::swap (worklist
, pending
);
7082 std::swap (in_worklist
, in_pending
);
7084 bitmap_clear (visited
);
7086 while (!worklist
->empty ())
7088 bb
= worklist
->extract_min ();
7089 bitmap_clear_bit (in_worklist
, bb
->index
);
7090 gcc_assert (!bitmap_bit_p (visited
, bb
->index
));
7091 if (!bitmap_bit_p (visited
, bb
->index
))
7095 int oldinsz
, oldoutsz
;
7097 bitmap_set_bit (visited
, bb
->index
);
7099 if (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)
7102 -= shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->size ()
7103 + shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->size ();
7104 oldinsz
= shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->elements ();
7106 = shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->elements ();
7109 oldinsz
= oldoutsz
= 0;
7111 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
7113 dataflow_set
*in
= &VTI (bb
)->in
, *first_out
= NULL
;
7114 bool first
= true, adjust
= false;
7116 /* Calculate the IN set as the intersection of
7117 predecessor OUT sets. */
7119 dataflow_set_clear (in
);
7120 dst_can_be_shared
= true;
7122 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e
, ei
, bb
->preds
)
7123 if (!VTI (e
->src
)->flooded
)
7124 gcc_assert (bb_order
[bb
->index
]
7125 <= bb_order
[e
->src
->index
]);
7128 dataflow_set_copy (in
, &VTI (e
->src
)->out
);
7129 first_out
= &VTI (e
->src
)->out
;
7134 dataflow_set_merge (in
, &VTI (e
->src
)->out
);
7140 dataflow_post_merge_adjust (in
, &VTI (bb
)->permp
);
7143 /* Merge and merge_adjust should keep entries in
7145 shared_hash_htab (in
->vars
)
7146 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*,
7147 canonicalize_loc_order_check
> (in
);
7149 if (dst_can_be_shared
)
7151 shared_hash_destroy (in
->vars
);
7152 in
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (first_out
->vars
);
7156 VTI (bb
)->flooded
= true;
7160 /* Calculate the IN set as union of predecessor OUT sets. */
7161 dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
7162 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e
, ei
, bb
->preds
)
7163 dataflow_set_union (&VTI (bb
)->in
, &VTI (e
->src
)->out
);
7166 changed
= compute_bb_dataflow (bb
);
7167 htabsz
+= shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->size ()
7168 + shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->size ();
7170 if (htabmax
&& htabsz
> htabmax
)
7172 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
7173 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (cfun
->decl
),
7174 "variable tracking size limit exceeded with "
7175 "%<-fvar-tracking-assignments%>, retrying without");
7177 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (cfun
->decl
),
7178 "variable tracking size limit exceeded");
7185 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e
, ei
, bb
->succs
)
7187 if (e
->dest
== EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))
7190 if (bitmap_bit_p (visited
, e
->dest
->index
))
7192 if (!bitmap_bit_p (in_pending
, e
->dest
->index
))
7194 /* Send E->DEST to next round. */
7195 bitmap_set_bit (in_pending
, e
->dest
->index
);
7196 pending
->insert (bb_order
[e
->dest
->index
],
7200 else if (!bitmap_bit_p (in_worklist
, e
->dest
->index
))
7202 /* Add E->DEST to current round. */
7203 bitmap_set_bit (in_worklist
, e
->dest
->index
);
7204 worklist
->insert (bb_order
[e
->dest
->index
],
7212 "BB %i: in %i (was %i), out %i (was %i), rem %i + %i, tsz %i\n",
7214 (int)shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->size (),
7216 (int)shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->size (),
7218 (int)worklist
->nodes (), (int)pending
->nodes (),
7221 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
7223 fprintf (dump_file
, "BB %i IN:\n", bb
->index
);
7224 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
7225 fprintf (dump_file
, "BB %i OUT:\n", bb
->index
);
7226 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
7232 if (success
&& MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
7233 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
7234 gcc_assert (VTI (bb
)->flooded
);
7239 sbitmap_free (in_worklist
);
7240 sbitmap_free (in_pending
);
7242 timevar_pop (TV_VAR_TRACKING_DATAFLOW
);
7246 /* Print the content of the LIST to dump file. */
7249 dump_attrs_list (attrs
*list
)
7251 for (; list
; list
= list
->next
)
7253 if (dv_is_decl_p (list
->dv
))
7254 print_mem_expr (dump_file
, dv_as_decl (list
->dv
));
7256 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, dv_as_value (list
->dv
));
7257 fprintf (dump_file
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, list
->offset
);
7259 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7262 /* Print the information about variable *SLOT to dump file. */
7265 dump_var_tracking_slot (variable
**slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7267 variable
*var
= *slot
;
7271 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
7275 /* Print the information about variable VAR to dump file. */
7278 dump_var (variable
*var
)
7281 location_chain
*node
;
7283 if (dv_is_decl_p (var
->dv
))
7285 const_tree decl
= dv_as_decl (var
->dv
);
7287 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
7289 fprintf (dump_file
, " name: %s",
7290 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
)));
7291 if (dump_flags
& TDF_UID
)
7292 fprintf (dump_file
, "D.%u", DECL_UID (decl
));
7294 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
)
7295 fprintf (dump_file
, " name: D#%u", DEBUG_TEMP_UID (decl
));
7297 fprintf (dump_file
, " name: D.%u", DECL_UID (decl
));
7298 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7302 fputc (' ', dump_file
);
7303 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, dv_as_value (var
->dv
));
7306 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
7308 fprintf (dump_file
, " offset %ld\n",
7309 (long)(var
->onepart
? 0 : VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
)));
7310 for (node
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
7312 fprintf (dump_file
, " ");
7313 if (node
->init
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7314 fprintf (dump_file
, "[uninit]");
7315 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, node
->loc
);
7320 /* Print the information about variables from hash table VARS to dump file. */
7323 dump_vars (variable_table_type
*vars
)
7325 if (!vars
->is_empty ())
7327 fprintf (dump_file
, "Variables:\n");
7328 vars
->traverse
<void *, dump_var_tracking_slot
> (NULL
);
7332 /* Print the dataflow set SET to dump file. */
7335 dump_dataflow_set (dataflow_set
*set
)
7339 fprintf (dump_file
, "Stack adjustment: " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
7341 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
7345 fprintf (dump_file
, "Reg %d:", i
);
7346 dump_attrs_list (set
->regs
[i
]);
7349 dump_vars (shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
));
7350 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7353 /* Print the IN and OUT sets for each basic block to dump file. */
7356 dump_dataflow_sets (void)
7360 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
7362 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nBasic block %d:\n", bb
->index
);
7363 fprintf (dump_file
, "IN:\n");
7364 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
7365 fprintf (dump_file
, "OUT:\n");
7366 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
7370 /* Return the variable for DV in dropped_values, inserting one if
7371 requested with INSERT. */
7373 static inline variable
*
7374 variable_from_dropped (decl_or_value dv
, enum insert_option insert
)
7377 variable
*empty_var
;
7378 onepart_enum onepart
;
7380 slot
= dropped_values
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
), insert
);
7388 gcc_checking_assert (insert
== INSERT
);
7390 onepart
= dv_onepart_p (dv
);
7392 gcc_checking_assert (onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
|| onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
);
7394 empty_var
= onepart_pool_allocate (onepart
);
7396 empty_var
->refcount
= 1;
7397 empty_var
->n_var_parts
= 0;
7398 empty_var
->onepart
= onepart
;
7399 empty_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
7400 empty_var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7401 empty_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7402 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = NULL
;
7403 set_dv_changed (dv
, true);
7410 /* Recover the one-part aux from dropped_values. */
7412 static struct onepart_aux
*
7413 recover_dropped_1paux (variable
*var
)
7417 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
);
7419 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7420 return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
7422 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VDECL
)
7425 dvar
= variable_from_dropped (var
->dv
, NO_INSERT
);
7430 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar
);
7431 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar
) = NULL
;
7433 return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
7436 /* Add variable VAR to the hash table of changed variables and
7437 if it has no locations delete it from SET's hash table. */
7440 variable_was_changed (variable
*var
, dataflow_set
*set
)
7442 hashval_t hash
= dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
);
7448 /* Remember this decl or VALUE has been added to changed_variables. */
7449 set_dv_changed (var
->dv
, true);
7451 slot
= changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
, hash
, INSERT
);
7455 variable
*old_var
= *slot
;
7456 gcc_assert (old_var
->in_changed_variables
);
7457 old_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
7458 if (var
!= old_var
&& var
->onepart
)
7460 /* Restore the auxiliary info from an empty variable
7461 previously created for changed_variables, so it is
7463 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
));
7464 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
);
7465 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = NULL
;
7467 variable_htab_free (*slot
);
7470 if (set
&& var
->n_var_parts
== 0)
7472 onepart_enum onepart
= var
->onepart
;
7473 variable
*empty_var
= NULL
;
7474 variable
**dslot
= NULL
;
7476 if (onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
|| onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
7478 dslot
= dropped_values
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
,
7479 dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
),
7485 gcc_checking_assert (!empty_var
->in_changed_variables
);
7486 if (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7488 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
);
7489 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = NULL
;
7492 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
));
7498 empty_var
= onepart_pool_allocate (onepart
);
7499 empty_var
->dv
= var
->dv
;
7500 empty_var
->refcount
= 1;
7501 empty_var
->n_var_parts
= 0;
7502 empty_var
->onepart
= onepart
;
7505 empty_var
->refcount
++;
7510 empty_var
->refcount
++;
7511 empty_var
->in_changed_variables
= true;
7515 empty_var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7516 empty_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7517 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
7518 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
7524 if (var
->onepart
&& !VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7525 recover_dropped_1paux (var
);
7527 var
->in_changed_variables
= true;
7534 if (var
->n_var_parts
== 0)
7539 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, var
->dv
);
7542 if (shared_hash_shared (set
->vars
))
7543 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, var
->dv
,
7545 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)->clear_slot (slot
);
7551 /* Look for the index in VAR->var_part corresponding to OFFSET.
7552 Return -1 if not found. If INSERTION_POINT is non-NULL, the
7553 referenced int will be set to the index that the part has or should
7554 have, if it should be inserted. */
7557 find_variable_location_part (variable
*var
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
7558 int *insertion_point
)
7567 if (insertion_point
)
7568 *insertion_point
= 0;
7570 return var
->n_var_parts
- 1;
7573 /* Find the location part. */
7575 high
= var
->n_var_parts
;
7578 pos
= (low
+ high
) / 2;
7579 if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, pos
) < offset
)
7586 if (insertion_point
)
7587 *insertion_point
= pos
;
7589 if (pos
< var
->n_var_parts
&& VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, pos
) == offset
)
7596 set_slot_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, variable
**slot
,
7597 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
7598 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
)
7601 location_chain
*node
, *next
;
7602 location_chain
**nextp
;
7604 onepart_enum onepart
;
7609 onepart
= var
->onepart
;
7611 onepart
= dv_onepart_p (dv
);
7613 gcc_checking_assert (offset
== 0 || !onepart
);
7614 gcc_checking_assert (loc
!= dv_as_opaque (dv
));
7616 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
7617 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
7621 /* Create new variable information. */
7622 var
= onepart_pool_allocate (onepart
);
7625 var
->n_var_parts
= 1;
7626 var
->onepart
= onepart
;
7627 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
7629 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
7631 VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, 0) = offset
;
7632 var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7633 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7636 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
7642 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
));
7646 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
)
7648 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7649 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7650 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
7652 if (node
->loc
== loc
)
7657 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, loc
))
7665 else if (REG_P (node
->loc
) || MEM_P (node
->loc
))
7673 else if (REG_P (loc
))
7675 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7676 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7677 if (REG_P (node
->loc
))
7679 if (REGNO (node
->loc
) < REGNO (loc
))
7683 if (REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7696 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
7698 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7699 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7700 if (REG_P (node
->loc
))
7702 else if (MEM_P (node
->loc
))
7704 if ((r
= loc_cmp (XEXP (node
->loc
, 0), XEXP (loc
, 0))) >= 0)
7716 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7717 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7718 if ((r
= loc_cmp (node
->loc
, loc
)) >= 0)
7726 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7728 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, initialized
);
7730 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; c
;
7731 nextp
= &(*nextp
)->next
)
7733 gcc_assert ((!node
&& !*nextp
) || node
->loc
== (*nextp
)->loc
);
7740 gcc_assert (dv_as_decl (var
->dv
) == dv_as_decl (dv
));
7742 pos
= find_variable_location_part (var
, offset
, &inspos
);
7746 node
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7749 && ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7750 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7751 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
)))
7753 /* LOC is in the beginning of the chain so we have nothing
7755 if (node
->init
< initialized
)
7756 node
->init
= initialized
;
7757 if (set_src
!= NULL
)
7758 node
->set_src
= set_src
;
7764 /* We have to make a copy of a shared variable. */
7765 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7767 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, initialized
);
7774 /* We have not found the location part, new one will be created. */
7776 /* We have to make a copy of the shared variable. */
7777 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7779 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, initialized
);
7783 /* We track only variables whose size is <= MAX_VAR_PARTS bytes
7784 thus there are at most MAX_VAR_PARTS different offsets. */
7785 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
< MAX_VAR_PARTS
7786 && (!var
->n_var_parts
|| !onepart
));
7788 /* We have to move the elements of array starting at index
7789 inspos to the next position. */
7790 for (pos
= var
->n_var_parts
; pos
> inspos
; pos
--)
7791 var
->var_part
[pos
] = var
->var_part
[pos
- 1];
7794 gcc_checking_assert (!onepart
);
7795 VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, pos
) = offset
;
7796 var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7797 var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7800 /* Delete the location from the list. */
7801 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7802 for (node
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= next
)
7805 if ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7806 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7807 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
))
7809 /* Save these values, to assign to the new node, before
7810 deleting this one. */
7811 if (node
->init
> initialized
)
7812 initialized
= node
->init
;
7813 if (node
->set_src
!= NULL
&& set_src
== NULL
)
7814 set_src
= node
->set_src
;
7815 if (var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
== node
->loc
)
7816 var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7822 nextp
= &node
->next
;
7825 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7828 /* Add the location to the beginning. */
7829 node
= new location_chain
;
7831 node
->init
= initialized
;
7832 node
->set_src
= set_src
;
7833 node
->next
= *nextp
;
7836 /* If no location was emitted do so. */
7837 if (var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
== NULL
)
7838 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
7843 /* Set the part of variable's location in the dataflow set SET. The
7844 variable part is specified by variable's declaration in DV and
7845 offset OFFSET and the part's location by LOC. IOPT should be
7846 NO_INSERT if the variable is known to be in SET already and the
7847 variable hash table must not be resized, and INSERT otherwise. */
7850 set_variable_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
,
7851 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
7852 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
,
7853 enum insert_option iopt
)
7857 if (iopt
== NO_INSERT
)
7858 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
7861 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot (set
->vars
, dv
);
7863 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, dv
, iopt
);
7865 set_slot_part (set
, loc
, slot
, dv
, offset
, initialized
, set_src
);
7868 /* Remove all recorded register locations for the given variable part
7869 from dataflow set SET, except for those that are identical to loc.
7870 The variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value
7871 DV and offset OFFSET. */
7874 clobber_slot_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, variable
**slot
,
7875 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
)
7877 variable
*var
= *slot
;
7878 int pos
= find_variable_location_part (var
, offset
, NULL
);
7882 location_chain
*node
, *next
;
7884 /* Remove the register locations from the dataflow set. */
7885 next
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7886 for (node
= next
; node
; node
= next
)
7889 if (node
->loc
!= loc
7890 && (!flag_var_tracking_uninit
7893 || !rtx_equal_p (set_src
, node
->set_src
)))
7895 if (REG_P (node
->loc
))
7897 attrs
*anode
, *anext
;
7900 /* Remove the variable part from the register's
7901 list, but preserve any other variable parts
7902 that might be regarded as live in that same
7904 anextp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)];
7905 for (anode
= *anextp
; anode
; anode
= anext
)
7907 anext
= anode
->next
;
7908 if (dv_as_opaque (anode
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
)
7909 && anode
->offset
== offset
)
7915 anextp
= &anode
->next
;
7919 slot
= delete_slot_part (set
, node
->loc
, slot
, offset
);
7927 /* Remove all recorded register locations for the given variable part
7928 from dataflow set SET, except for those that are identical to loc.
7929 The variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value
7930 DV and offset OFFSET. */
7933 clobber_variable_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, decl_or_value dv
,
7934 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
)
7938 if (!dv_as_opaque (dv
)
7939 || (!dv_is_value_p (dv
) && ! DECL_P (dv_as_decl (dv
))))
7942 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
7946 clobber_slot_part (set
, loc
, slot
, offset
, set_src
);
7949 /* Delete the part of variable's location from dataflow set SET. The
7950 variable part is specified by its SET->vars slot SLOT and offset
7951 OFFSET and the part's location by LOC. */
7954 delete_slot_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, variable
**slot
,
7955 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7957 variable
*var
= *slot
;
7958 int pos
= find_variable_location_part (var
, offset
, NULL
);
7962 location_chain
*node
, *next
;
7963 location_chain
**nextp
;
7967 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7969 /* If the variable contains the location part we have to
7970 make a copy of the variable. */
7971 for (node
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
; node
;
7974 if ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7975 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7976 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
))
7978 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
,
7979 VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
7986 if (pos
== 0 && var
->onepart
&& VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7987 cur_loc
= VAR_LOC_FROM (var
);
7989 cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
;
7991 /* Delete the location part. */
7993 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7994 for (node
= *nextp
; node
; node
= next
)
7997 if ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7998 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7999 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
))
8001 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
8002 we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
8003 of changed variables. */
8004 if (cur_loc
== node
->loc
)
8007 var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
8008 if (pos
== 0 && var
->onepart
&& VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
8009 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
8016 nextp
= &node
->next
;
8019 if (var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
== NULL
)
8023 while (pos
< var
->n_var_parts
)
8025 var
->var_part
[pos
] = var
->var_part
[pos
+ 1];
8030 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
8036 /* Delete the part of variable's location from dataflow set SET. The
8037 variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value DV
8038 and offset OFFSET and the part's location by LOC. */
8041 delete_variable_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, decl_or_value dv
,
8042 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8044 variable
**slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
8048 delete_slot_part (set
, loc
, slot
, offset
);
8052 /* Structure for passing some other parameters to function
8053 vt_expand_loc_callback. */
8054 class expand_loc_callback_data
8057 /* The variables and values active at this point. */
8058 variable_table_type
*vars
;
8060 /* Stack of values and debug_exprs under expansion, and their
8062 auto_vec
<rtx
, 4> expanding
;
8064 /* Stack of values and debug_exprs whose expansion hit recursion
8065 cycles. They will have VALUE_RECURSED_INTO marked when added to
8066 this list. This flag will be cleared if any of its dependencies
8067 resolves to a valid location. So, if the flag remains set at the
8068 end of the search, we know no valid location for this one can
8070 auto_vec
<rtx
, 4> pending
;
8072 /* The maximum depth among the sub-expressions under expansion.
8073 Zero indicates no expansion so far. */
8077 /* Allocate the one-part auxiliary data structure for VAR, with enough
8078 room for COUNT dependencies. */
8081 loc_exp_dep_alloc (variable
*var
, int count
)
8085 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
);
8087 /* We can be called with COUNT == 0 to allocate the data structure
8088 without any dependencies, e.g. for the backlinks only. However,
8089 if we are specifying a COUNT, then the dependency list must have
8090 been emptied before. It would be possible to adjust pointers or
8091 force it empty here, but this is better done at an earlier point
8092 in the algorithm, so we instead leave an assertion to catch
8094 gcc_checking_assert (!count
8095 || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
) == NULL
8096 || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->is_empty ());
8098 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) && VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->space (count
))
8101 allocsize
= offsetof (struct onepart_aux
, deps
)
8102 + vec
<loc_exp_dep
, va_heap
, vl_embed
>::embedded_size (count
);
8104 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
8106 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = XRESIZEVAR (struct onepart_aux
,
8107 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
), allocsize
);
8108 /* If the reallocation moves the onepaux structure, the
8109 back-pointer to BACKLINKS in the first list member will still
8110 point to its old location. Adjust it. */
8111 if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
))
8112 VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
)->pprev
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (var
);
8116 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = XNEWVAR (struct onepart_aux
, allocsize
);
8117 *VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (var
) = NULL
;
8118 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
8119 VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var
).complexity
= 0;
8120 VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var
).entryvals
= 0;
8122 VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->embedded_init (count
);
8125 /* Remove all entries from the vector of active dependencies of VAR,
8126 removing them from the back-links lists too. */
8129 loc_exp_dep_clear (variable
*var
)
8131 while (VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
) && !VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->is_empty ())
8133 loc_exp_dep
*led
= &VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->last ();
8135 led
->next
->pprev
= led
->pprev
;
8137 *led
->pprev
= led
->next
;
8138 VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->pop ();
8142 /* Insert an active dependency from VAR on X to the vector of
8143 dependencies, and add the corresponding back-link to X's list of
8144 back-links in VARS. */
8147 loc_exp_insert_dep (variable
*var
, rtx x
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8153 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
8155 /* ??? Build a vector of variables parallel to EXPANDING, to avoid
8156 an additional look up? */
8157 xvar
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
8161 xvar
= variable_from_dropped (dv
, NO_INSERT
);
8162 gcc_checking_assert (xvar
);
8165 /* No point in adding the same backlink more than once. This may
8166 arise if say the same value appears in two complex expressions in
8167 the same loc_list, or even more than once in a single
8169 if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (xvar
) && VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (xvar
)->dv
== var
->dv
)
8172 if (var
->onepart
== NOT_ONEPART
)
8173 led
= new loc_exp_dep
;
8177 memset (&empty
, 0, sizeof (empty
));
8178 VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->quick_push (empty
);
8179 led
= &VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->last ();
8184 loc_exp_dep_alloc (xvar
, 0);
8185 led
->pprev
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (xvar
);
8186 led
->next
= *led
->pprev
;
8188 led
->next
->pprev
= &led
->next
;
8192 /* Create active dependencies of VAR on COUNT values starting at
8193 VALUE, and corresponding back-links to the entries in VARS. Return
8194 true if we found any pending-recursion results. */
8197 loc_exp_dep_set (variable
*var
, rtx result
, rtx
*value
, int count
,
8198 variable_table_type
*vars
)
8200 bool pending_recursion
= false;
8202 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
) == NULL
8203 || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->is_empty ());
8205 /* Set up all dependencies from last_child (as set up at the end of
8206 the loop above) to the end. */
8207 loc_exp_dep_alloc (var
, count
);
8213 if (!pending_recursion
)
8214 pending_recursion
= !result
&& VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
);
8216 loc_exp_insert_dep (var
, x
, vars
);
8219 return pending_recursion
;
8222 /* Notify the back-links of IVAR that are pending recursion that we
8223 have found a non-NIL value for it, so they are cleared for another
8224 attempt to compute a current location. */
8227 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (variable
*ivar
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8229 loc_exp_dep
*led
, *next
;
8231 for (led
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (ivar
); led
; led
= next
)
8233 decl_or_value dv
= led
->dv
;
8238 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
8240 rtx value
= dv_as_value (dv
);
8242 /* If we have already resolved it, leave it alone. */
8243 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (value
))
8246 /* Check that VALUE_RECURSED_INTO, true from the test above,
8247 implies NO_LOC_P. */
8248 gcc_checking_assert (NO_LOC_P (value
));
8250 /* We won't notify variables that are being expanded,
8251 because their dependency list is cleared before
8253 NO_LOC_P (value
) = false;
8254 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (value
) = false;
8256 gcc_checking_assert (dv_changed_p (dv
));
8260 gcc_checking_assert (dv_onepart_p (dv
) != NOT_ONEPART
);
8261 if (!dv_changed_p (dv
))
8265 var
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
8268 var
= variable_from_dropped (dv
, NO_INSERT
);
8271 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (var
, vars
);
8274 next
->pprev
= led
->pprev
;
8282 static rtx
vt_expand_loc_callback (rtx x
, bitmap regs
,
8283 int max_depth
, void *data
);
8285 /* Return the combined depth, when one sub-expression evaluated to
8286 BEST_DEPTH and the previous known depth was SAVED_DEPTH. */
8288 static inline expand_depth
8289 update_depth (expand_depth saved_depth
, expand_depth best_depth
)
8291 /* If we didn't find anything, stick with what we had. */
8292 if (!best_depth
.complexity
)
8295 /* If we found hadn't found anything, use the depth of the current
8296 expression. Do NOT add one extra level, we want to compute the
8297 maximum depth among sub-expressions. We'll increment it later,
8299 if (!saved_depth
.complexity
)
8302 /* Combine the entryval count so that regardless of which one we
8303 return, the entryval count is accurate. */
8304 best_depth
.entryvals
= saved_depth
.entryvals
8305 = best_depth
.entryvals
+ saved_depth
.entryvals
;
8307 if (saved_depth
.complexity
< best_depth
.complexity
)
8313 /* Expand VAR to a location RTX, updating its cur_loc. Use REGS and
8314 DATA for cselib expand callback. If PENDRECP is given, indicate in
8315 it whether any sub-expression couldn't be fully evaluated because
8316 it is pending recursion resolution. */
8319 vt_expand_var_loc_chain (variable
*var
, bitmap regs
, void *data
,
8322 class expand_loc_callback_data
*elcd
8323 = (class expand_loc_callback_data
*) data
;
8324 location_chain
*loc
, *next
;
8326 int first_child
, result_first_child
, last_child
;
8327 bool pending_recursion
;
8328 rtx loc_from
= NULL
;
8329 struct elt_loc_list
*cloc
= NULL
;
8330 expand_depth depth
= { 0, 0 }, saved_depth
= elcd
->depth
;
8331 int wanted_entryvals
, found_entryvals
= 0;
8333 /* Clear all backlinks pointing at this, so that we're not notified
8334 while we're active. */
8335 loc_exp_dep_clear (var
);
8338 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
8340 cselib_val
*val
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (var
->dv
));
8342 gcc_checking_assert (cselib_preserved_value_p (val
));
8347 first_child
= result_first_child
= last_child
8348 = elcd
->expanding
.length ();
8350 wanted_entryvals
= found_entryvals
;
8352 /* Attempt to expand each available location in turn. */
8353 for (next
= loc
= var
->n_var_parts
? var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
: NULL
;
8354 loc
|| cloc
; loc
= next
)
8356 result_first_child
= last_child
;
8360 loc_from
= cloc
->loc
;
8363 if (unsuitable_loc (loc_from
))
8368 loc_from
= loc
->loc
;
8372 gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc_from
));
8374 elcd
->depth
.complexity
= elcd
->depth
.entryvals
= 0;
8375 result
= cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (loc_from
, regs
, EXPR_DEPTH
,
8376 vt_expand_loc_callback
, data
);
8377 last_child
= elcd
->expanding
.length ();
8381 depth
= elcd
->depth
;
8383 gcc_checking_assert (depth
.complexity
8384 || result_first_child
== last_child
);
8386 if (last_child
- result_first_child
!= 1)
8388 if (!depth
.complexity
&& GET_CODE (result
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
8393 if (depth
.complexity
<= EXPR_USE_DEPTH
)
8395 if (depth
.entryvals
<= wanted_entryvals
)
8397 else if (!found_entryvals
|| depth
.entryvals
< found_entryvals
)
8398 found_entryvals
= depth
.entryvals
;
8404 /* Set it up in case we leave the loop. */
8405 depth
.complexity
= depth
.entryvals
= 0;
8407 result_first_child
= first_child
;
8410 if (!loc_from
&& wanted_entryvals
< found_entryvals
)
8412 /* We found entries with ENTRY_VALUEs and skipped them. Since
8413 we could not find any expansions without ENTRY_VALUEs, but we
8414 found at least one with them, go back and get an entry with
8415 the minimum number ENTRY_VALUE count that we found. We could
8416 avoid looping, but since each sub-loc is already resolved,
8417 the re-expansion should be trivial. ??? Should we record all
8418 attempted locs as dependencies, so that we retry the
8419 expansion should any of them change, in the hope it can give
8420 us a new entry without an ENTRY_VALUE? */
8421 elcd
->expanding
.truncate (first_child
);
8425 /* Register all encountered dependencies as active. */
8426 pending_recursion
= loc_exp_dep_set
8427 (var
, result
, elcd
->expanding
.address () + result_first_child
,
8428 last_child
- result_first_child
, elcd
->vars
);
8430 elcd
->expanding
.truncate (first_child
);
8432 /* Record where the expansion came from. */
8433 gcc_checking_assert (!result
|| !pending_recursion
);
8434 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = loc_from
;
8435 VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var
) = depth
;
8437 gcc_checking_assert (!depth
.complexity
== !result
);
8439 elcd
->depth
= update_depth (saved_depth
, depth
);
8441 /* Indicate whether any of the dependencies are pending recursion
8444 *pendrecp
= pending_recursion
;
8446 if (!pendrecp
|| !pending_recursion
)
8447 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= result
;
8452 /* Callback for cselib_expand_value, that looks for expressions
8453 holding the value in the var-tracking hash tables. Return X for
8454 standard processing, anything else is to be used as-is. */
8457 vt_expand_loc_callback (rtx x
, bitmap regs
,
8458 int max_depth ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8461 class expand_loc_callback_data
*elcd
8462 = (class expand_loc_callback_data
*) data
;
8466 bool pending_recursion
= false;
8467 bool from_empty
= false;
8469 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
8472 subreg
= cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (SUBREG_REG (x
), regs
,
8474 vt_expand_loc_callback
, data
);
8479 result
= simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x
), subreg
,
8480 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)),
8483 /* Invalid SUBREGs are ok in debug info. ??? We could try
8484 alternate expansions for the VALUE as well. */
8485 if (!result
&& GET_MODE (subreg
) != VOIDmode
)
8486 result
= gen_rtx_raw_SUBREG (GET_MODE (x
), subreg
, SUBREG_BYTE (x
));
8492 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
8499 elcd
->expanding
.safe_push (x
);
8501 /* Check that VALUE_RECURSED_INTO implies NO_LOC_P. */
8502 gcc_checking_assert (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) || NO_LOC_P (x
));
8506 gcc_checking_assert (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) || !dv_changed_p (dv
));
8510 var
= elcd
->vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
8515 var
= variable_from_dropped (dv
, INSERT
);
8518 gcc_checking_assert (var
);
8520 if (!dv_changed_p (dv
))
8522 gcc_checking_assert (!NO_LOC_P (x
));
8523 gcc_checking_assert (var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
);
8524 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
));
8525 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
)->depth
.complexity
);
8527 elcd
->depth
= update_depth (elcd
->depth
, VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
)->depth
);
8529 return var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
8532 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) = true;
8533 /* This is tentative, but it makes some tests simpler. */
8534 NO_LOC_P (x
) = true;
8536 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1 || from_empty
);
8538 result
= vt_expand_var_loc_chain (var
, regs
, data
, &pending_recursion
);
8540 if (pending_recursion
)
8542 gcc_checking_assert (!result
);
8543 elcd
->pending
.safe_push (x
);
8547 NO_LOC_P (x
) = !result
;
8548 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) = false;
8549 set_dv_changed (dv
, false);
8552 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (var
, elcd
->vars
);
8558 /* While expanding variables, we may encounter recursion cycles
8559 because of mutual (possibly indirect) dependencies between two
8560 particular variables (or values), say A and B. If we're trying to
8561 expand A when we get to B, which in turn attempts to expand A, if
8562 we can't find any other expansion for B, we'll add B to this
8563 pending-recursion stack, and tentatively return NULL for its
8564 location. This tentative value will be used for any other
8565 occurrences of B, unless A gets some other location, in which case
8566 it will notify B that it is worth another try at computing a
8567 location for it, and it will use the location computed for A then.
8568 At the end of the expansion, the tentative NULL locations become
8569 final for all members of PENDING that didn't get a notification.
8570 This function performs this finalization of NULL locations. */
8573 resolve_expansions_pending_recursion (vec
<rtx
, va_heap
> *pending
)
8575 while (!pending
->is_empty ())
8577 rtx x
= pending
->pop ();
8580 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
))
8583 gcc_checking_assert (NO_LOC_P (x
));
8584 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) = false;
8585 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
8586 gcc_checking_assert (dv_changed_p (dv
));
8587 set_dv_changed (dv
, false);
8591 /* Initialize expand_loc_callback_data D with variable hash table V.
8592 It must be a macro because of alloca (vec stack). */
8593 #define INIT_ELCD(d, v) \
8597 (d).depth.complexity = (d).depth.entryvals = 0; \
8600 /* Finalize expand_loc_callback_data D, resolved to location L. */
8601 #define FINI_ELCD(d, l) \
8604 resolve_expansions_pending_recursion (&(d).pending); \
8605 (d).pending.release (); \
8606 (d).expanding.release (); \
8608 if ((l) && MEM_P (l)) \
8609 (l) = targetm.delegitimize_address (l); \
8613 /* Expand VALUEs and DEBUG_EXPRs in LOC to a location, using the
8614 equivalences in VARS, updating their CUR_LOCs in the process. */
8617 vt_expand_loc (rtx loc
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8619 class expand_loc_callback_data data
;
8622 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
8625 INIT_ELCD (data
, vars
);
8627 result
= cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (loc
, scratch_regs
, EXPR_DEPTH
,
8628 vt_expand_loc_callback
, &data
);
8630 FINI_ELCD (data
, result
);
8635 /* Expand the one-part VARiable to a location, using the equivalences
8636 in VARS, updating their CUR_LOCs in the process. */
8639 vt_expand_1pvar (variable
*var
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8641 class expand_loc_callback_data data
;
8644 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
&& var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
8646 if (!dv_changed_p (var
->dv
))
8647 return var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
8649 INIT_ELCD (data
, vars
);
8651 loc
= vt_expand_var_loc_chain (var
, scratch_regs
, &data
, NULL
);
8653 gcc_checking_assert (data
.expanding
.is_empty ());
8655 FINI_ELCD (data
, loc
);
8660 /* Emit the NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for variable *VARP. DATA contains
8661 additional parameters: WHERE specifies whether the note shall be emitted
8662 before or after instruction INSN. */
8665 emit_note_insn_var_location (variable
**varp
, emit_note_data
*data
)
8667 variable
*var
= *varp
;
8668 rtx_insn
*insn
= data
->insn
;
8669 enum emit_note_where where
= data
->where
;
8670 variable_table_type
*vars
= data
->vars
;
8673 int i
, j
, n_var_parts
;
8675 enum var_init_status initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
;
8676 HOST_WIDE_INT last_limit
;
8677 HOST_WIDE_INT offsets
[MAX_VAR_PARTS
];
8678 rtx loc
[MAX_VAR_PARTS
];
8682 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
== NOT_ONEPART
8683 || var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VDECL
);
8685 decl
= dv_as_decl (var
->dv
);
8691 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
8692 if (var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
== NULL
&& var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
)
8693 var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
->loc
;
8694 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
8696 machine_mode mode
, wider_mode
;
8698 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, size
, wider_size
;
8700 if (i
== 0 && var
->onepart
)
8702 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
8704 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
8705 loc2
= vt_expand_1pvar (var
, vars
);
8709 if (last_limit
< VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
))
8714 else if (last_limit
> VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
))
8716 offset
= VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
);
8717 loc2
= var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
;
8718 if (loc2
&& GET_CODE (loc2
) == MEM
8719 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc2
, 0)) == VALUE
)
8721 rtx depval
= XEXP (loc2
, 0);
8723 loc2
= vt_expand_loc (loc2
, vars
);
8726 loc_exp_insert_dep (var
, depval
, vars
);
8733 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc2
) != VALUE
);
8734 for (lc
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; lc
; lc
= lc
->next
)
8735 if (var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
== lc
->loc
)
8737 initialized
= lc
->init
;
8743 offsets
[n_var_parts
] = offset
;
8749 loc
[n_var_parts
] = loc2
;
8750 mode
= GET_MODE (var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
);
8751 if (mode
== VOIDmode
&& var
->onepart
)
8752 mode
= DECL_MODE (decl
);
8753 /* We ony track subparts of constant-sized objects, since at present
8754 there's no representation for polynomial pieces. */
8755 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
8760 last_limit
= offsets
[n_var_parts
] + size
;
8762 /* Attempt to merge adjacent registers or memory. */
8763 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< var
->n_var_parts
; j
++)
8764 if (last_limit
<= VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, j
))
8766 if (j
< var
->n_var_parts
8767 && GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode
).exists (&wider_mode
)
8768 && GET_MODE_SIZE (wider_mode
).is_constant (&wider_size
)
8769 && var
->var_part
[j
].cur_loc
8770 && mode
== GET_MODE (var
->var_part
[j
].cur_loc
)
8771 && (REG_P (loc
[n_var_parts
]) || MEM_P (loc
[n_var_parts
]))
8772 && last_limit
== (var
->onepart
? 0 : VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, j
))
8773 && (loc2
= vt_expand_loc (var
->var_part
[j
].cur_loc
, vars
))
8774 && GET_CODE (loc
[n_var_parts
]) == GET_CODE (loc2
))
8779 if (REG_P (loc
[n_var_parts
])
8780 && hard_regno_nregs (REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
]), mode
) * 2
8781 == hard_regno_nregs (REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
]), wider_mode
)
8782 && end_hard_regno (mode
, REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
]))
8785 if (! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
&& ! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8786 new_loc
= simplify_subreg (wider_mode
, loc
[n_var_parts
],
8788 else if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
&& BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8789 new_loc
= simplify_subreg (wider_mode
, loc2
, mode
, 0);
8792 if (!REG_P (new_loc
)
8793 || REGNO (new_loc
) != REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
]))
8796 REG_ATTRS (new_loc
) = REG_ATTRS (loc
[n_var_parts
]);
8799 else if (MEM_P (loc
[n_var_parts
])
8800 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc2
, 0)) == PLUS
8801 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 0))
8802 && poly_int_rtx_p (XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 1), &offset2
))
8804 poly_int64 end1
= size
;
8805 rtx base1
= strip_offset_and_add (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0),
8807 if (rtx_equal_p (base1
, XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 0))
8808 && known_eq (end1
, offset2
))
8809 new_loc
= adjust_address_nv (loc
[n_var_parts
],
8815 loc
[n_var_parts
] = new_loc
;
8817 last_limit
= offsets
[n_var_parts
] + wider_size
;
8823 poly_uint64 type_size_unit
8824 = tree_to_poly_uint64 (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
8825 if (maybe_lt (poly_uint64 (last_limit
), type_size_unit
))
8828 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
8829 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
8833 note_vl
= gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode
, decl
, NULL_RTX
, initialized
);
8834 else if (n_var_parts
== 1)
8838 if (offsets
[0] || GET_CODE (loc
[0]) == PARALLEL
)
8839 expr_list
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, loc
[0], GEN_INT (offsets
[0]));
8843 note_vl
= gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode
, decl
, expr_list
, initialized
);
8845 else if (n_var_parts
)
8849 for (i
= 0; i
< n_var_parts
; i
++)
8851 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, loc
[i
], GEN_INT (offsets
[i
]));
8853 parallel
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
,
8854 gen_rtvec_v (n_var_parts
, loc
));
8855 note_vl
= gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode
, decl
,
8856 parallel
, initialized
);
8859 if (where
!= EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
)
8861 note
= emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
, insn
);
8862 if (where
== EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
)
8863 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (note
) = true;
8867 /* Make sure that the call related notes come first. */
8868 while (NEXT_INSN (insn
)
8870 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
8871 && NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (insn
))
8872 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
8874 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
8875 && NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (insn
))
8876 note
= emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
, insn
);
8878 note
= emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
, insn
);
8880 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (note
) = note_vl
;
8882 set_dv_changed (var
->dv
, false);
8883 gcc_assert (var
->in_changed_variables
);
8884 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
8885 changed_variables
->clear_slot (varp
);
8887 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
8891 /* While traversing changed_variables, push onto DATA (a stack of RTX
8892 values) entries that aren't user variables. */
8895 var_track_values_to_stack (variable
**slot
,
8896 vec
<rtx
, va_heap
> *changed_values_stack
)
8898 variable
*var
= *slot
;
8900 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
8901 changed_values_stack
->safe_push (dv_as_value (var
->dv
));
8902 else if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
8903 changed_values_stack
->safe_push (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dv_as_decl (var
->dv
)));
8908 /* Remove from changed_variables the entry whose DV corresponds to
8909 value or debug_expr VAL. */
8911 remove_value_from_changed_variables (rtx val
)
8913 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_rtx (val
);
8917 slot
= changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
),
8920 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
8921 changed_variables
->clear_slot (slot
);
8924 /* If VAL (a value or debug_expr) has backlinks to variables actively
8925 dependent on it in HTAB or in CHANGED_VARIABLES, mark them as
8926 changed, adding to CHANGED_VALUES_STACK any dependencies that may
8927 have dependencies of their own to notify. */
8930 notify_dependents_of_changed_value (rtx val
, variable_table_type
*htab
,
8931 vec
<rtx
, va_heap
> *changed_values_stack
)
8936 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_rtx (val
);
8938 slot
= changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
),
8941 slot
= htab
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
), NO_INSERT
);
8943 slot
= dropped_values
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
),
8947 while ((led
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
)))
8949 decl_or_value ldv
= led
->dv
;
8952 /* Deactivate and remove the backlink, as it was “used up”. It
8953 makes no sense to attempt to notify the same entity again:
8954 either it will be recomputed and re-register an active
8955 dependency, or it will still have the changed mark. */
8957 led
->next
->pprev
= led
->pprev
;
8959 *led
->pprev
= led
->next
;
8963 if (dv_changed_p (ldv
))
8966 switch (dv_onepart_p (ldv
))
8970 set_dv_changed (ldv
, true);
8971 changed_values_stack
->safe_push (dv_as_rtx (ldv
));
8975 ivar
= htab
->find_with_hash (ldv
, dv_htab_hash (ldv
));
8976 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (ivar
));
8977 variable_was_changed (ivar
, NULL
);
8982 ivar
= htab
->find_with_hash (ldv
, dv_htab_hash (ldv
));
8985 int i
= ivar
->n_var_parts
;
8988 rtx loc
= ivar
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
;
8990 if (loc
&& GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
8991 && XEXP (loc
, 0) == val
)
8993 variable_was_changed (ivar
, NULL
);
9006 /* Take out of changed_variables any entries that don't refer to use
9007 variables. Back-propagate change notifications from values and
9008 debug_exprs to their active dependencies in HTAB or in
9009 CHANGED_VARIABLES. */
9012 process_changed_values (variable_table_type
*htab
)
9016 auto_vec
<rtx
, 20> changed_values_stack
;
9018 /* Move values from changed_variables to changed_values_stack. */
9020 ->traverse
<vec
<rtx
, va_heap
>*, var_track_values_to_stack
>
9021 (&changed_values_stack
);
9023 /* Back-propagate change notifications in values while popping
9024 them from the stack. */
9025 for (n
= i
= changed_values_stack
.length ();
9026 i
> 0; i
= changed_values_stack
.length ())
9028 val
= changed_values_stack
.pop ();
9029 notify_dependents_of_changed_value (val
, htab
, &changed_values_stack
);
9031 /* This condition will hold when visiting each of the entries
9032 originally in changed_variables. We can't remove them
9033 earlier because this could drop the backlinks before we got a
9034 chance to use them. */
9037 remove_value_from_changed_variables (val
);
9043 /* Emit NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION note for each variable from a chain
9044 CHANGED_VARIABLES and delete this chain. WHERE specifies whether
9045 the notes shall be emitted before of after instruction INSN. */
9048 emit_notes_for_changes (rtx_insn
*insn
, enum emit_note_where where
,
9051 emit_note_data data
;
9052 variable_table_type
*htab
= shared_hash_htab (vars
);
9054 if (changed_variables
->is_empty ())
9057 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
9058 process_changed_values (htab
);
9065 ->traverse
<emit_note_data
*, emit_note_insn_var_location
> (&data
);
9068 /* Add variable *SLOT to the chain CHANGED_VARIABLES if it differs from the
9069 same variable in hash table DATA or is not there at all. */
9072 emit_notes_for_differences_1 (variable
**slot
, variable_table_type
*new_vars
)
9074 variable
*old_var
, *new_var
;
9077 new_var
= new_vars
->find_with_hash (old_var
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (old_var
->dv
));
9081 /* Variable has disappeared. */
9082 variable
*empty_var
= NULL
;
9084 if (old_var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
9085 || old_var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
9087 empty_var
= variable_from_dropped (old_var
->dv
, NO_INSERT
);
9090 gcc_checking_assert (!empty_var
->in_changed_variables
);
9091 if (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
))
9093 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
);
9094 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = NULL
;
9097 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
));
9103 empty_var
= onepart_pool_allocate (old_var
->onepart
);
9104 empty_var
->dv
= old_var
->dv
;
9105 empty_var
->refcount
= 0;
9106 empty_var
->n_var_parts
= 0;
9107 empty_var
->onepart
= old_var
->onepart
;
9108 empty_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
9111 if (empty_var
->onepart
)
9113 /* Propagate the auxiliary data to (ultimately)
9114 changed_variables. */
9115 empty_var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
9116 empty_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
9117 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
);
9118 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = NULL
;
9120 variable_was_changed (empty_var
, NULL
);
9121 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
9124 /* Update cur_loc and one-part auxiliary data, before new_var goes
9125 through variable_was_changed. */
9126 if (old_var
!= new_var
&& new_var
->onepart
)
9128 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var
) == NULL
);
9129 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
);
9130 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = NULL
;
9131 new_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= old_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
9133 if (variable_different_p (old_var
, new_var
))
9134 variable_was_changed (new_var
, NULL
);
9136 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
9140 /* Add variable *SLOT to the chain CHANGED_VARIABLES if it is not in hash
9144 emit_notes_for_differences_2 (variable
**slot
, variable_table_type
*old_vars
)
9146 variable
*old_var
, *new_var
;
9149 old_var
= old_vars
->find_with_hash (new_var
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (new_var
->dv
));
9153 for (i
= 0; i
< new_var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
9154 new_var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
9155 variable_was_changed (new_var
, NULL
);
9158 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
9162 /* Emit notes before INSN for differences between dataflow sets OLD_SET and
9166 emit_notes_for_differences (rtx_insn
*insn
, dataflow_set
*old_set
,
9167 dataflow_set
*new_set
)
9169 shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
)
9170 ->traverse
<variable_table_type
*, emit_notes_for_differences_1
>
9171 (shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
));
9172 shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
)
9173 ->traverse
<variable_table_type
*, emit_notes_for_differences_2
>
9174 (shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
));
9175 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
, new_set
->vars
);
9178 /* Return the next insn after INSN that is not a NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION. */
9181 next_non_note_insn_var_location (rtx_insn
*insn
)
9185 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
9188 || NOTE_KIND (insn
) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
9195 /* Emit the notes for changes of location parts in the basic block BB. */
9198 emit_notes_in_bb (basic_block bb
, dataflow_set
*set
)
9201 micro_operation
*mo
;
9203 dataflow_set_clear (set
);
9204 dataflow_set_copy (set
, &VTI (bb
)->in
);
9206 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (VTI (bb
)->mos
, i
, mo
)
9208 rtx_insn
*insn
= mo
->insn
;
9209 rtx_insn
*next_insn
= next_non_note_insn_var_location (insn
);
9214 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (set
, insn
);
9215 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9217 rtx arguments
= mo
->u
.loc
, *p
= &arguments
;
9220 XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1)
9221 = vt_expand_loc (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1),
9222 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
));
9223 /* If expansion is successful, keep it in the list. */
9224 if (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1))
9226 XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1)
9227 = copy_rtx_if_shared (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1));
9230 /* Otherwise, if the following item is data_value for it,
9232 else if (XEXP (*p
, 1)
9233 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 0))
9234 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 0), 0))
9235 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 0), 0),
9237 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 0))
9238 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 0),
9240 *p
= XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 1);
9241 /* Just drop this item. */
9245 add_reg_note (insn
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, arguments
);
9251 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9254 var_reg_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
9256 var_mem_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
9258 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9264 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9268 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == CONCAT
)
9270 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
9271 vloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
9279 var
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (vloc
);
9281 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL_RTX
,
9282 dv_from_decl (var
), 0, NULL_RTX
);
9285 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9286 val_resolve (set
, val
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
), insn
);
9287 set_variable_part (set
, val
, dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
9288 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
9291 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
)))
9292 set_variable_part (set
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
),
9293 dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
9294 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
9297 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9303 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9304 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
9306 vloc
= uloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
9307 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
9309 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
9311 uloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
9312 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
9315 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9316 val_resolve (set
, val
, vloc
, insn
);
9318 val_store (set
, val
, uloc
, insn
, false);
9320 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
9322 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == REG
)
9323 var_reg_set (set
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
9325 else if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == MEM
)
9326 var_mem_set (set
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
9330 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9336 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9337 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
9341 uloc
= XEXP (vloc
, 1);
9342 val
= XEXP (vloc
, 0);
9345 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
9347 dstv
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
9348 srcv
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
9356 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
9358 dstv
= vloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
9359 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
9362 if (GET_CODE (vloc
) == SET
)
9364 srcv
= SET_SRC (vloc
);
9366 gcc_assert (val
!= srcv
);
9367 gcc_assert (vloc
== uloc
|| VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
));
9369 dstv
= vloc
= SET_DEST (vloc
);
9371 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9372 val_resolve (set
, val
, srcv
, insn
);
9374 else if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9376 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
9377 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (uloc
)) == REG
);
9378 val_resolve (set
, val
, SET_SRC (uloc
), insn
);
9381 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
9383 if (VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc
))
9386 var_reg_delete (set
, uloc
, true);
9387 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
9389 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
9390 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (uloc
));
9391 var_mem_delete (set
, dstv
, true);
9396 bool copied_p
= VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc
);
9397 rtx src
= NULL
, dst
= uloc
;
9398 enum var_init_status status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
9400 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
9402 src
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
9403 dst
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
9408 status
= find_src_status (set
, src
);
9410 src
= find_src_set_src (set
, src
);
9414 var_reg_delete_and_set (set
, dst
, !copied_p
,
9416 else if (MEM_P (dst
))
9418 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
9419 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (dst
));
9420 var_mem_delete_and_set (set
, dstv
, !copied_p
,
9425 else if (REG_P (uloc
))
9426 var_regno_delete (set
, REGNO (uloc
));
9427 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
9429 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (vloc
) == MEM
);
9430 gcc_checking_assert (vloc
== dstv
);
9432 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, vloc
);
9435 val_store (set
, val
, dstv
, insn
, true);
9437 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9444 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9447 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
9449 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
9450 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
9454 var_reg_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
9457 var_mem_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
9460 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9467 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9468 enum var_init_status src_status
;
9471 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
9473 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
9474 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
9477 src_status
= find_src_status (set
, set_src
);
9478 set_src
= find_src_set_src (set
, set_src
);
9481 var_reg_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
9483 var_mem_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
9485 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9492 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9495 var_reg_delete (set
, loc
, false);
9497 var_mem_delete (set
, loc
, false);
9499 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9505 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9508 var_reg_delete (set
, loc
, true);
9510 var_mem_delete (set
, loc
, true);
9512 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9518 set
->stack_adjust
+= mo
->u
.adjust
;
9524 /* Emit notes for the whole function. */
9527 vt_emit_notes (void)
9532 gcc_assert (changed_variables
->is_empty ());
9534 /* Free memory occupied by the out hash tables, as they aren't used
9536 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
9537 dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
9539 /* Enable emitting notes by functions (mainly by set_variable_part and
9540 delete_variable_part). */
9543 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
9544 dropped_values
= new variable_table_type (cselib_get_next_uid () * 2);
9546 dataflow_set_init (&cur
);
9548 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
9550 /* Emit the notes for changes of variable locations between two
9551 subsequent basic blocks. */
9552 emit_notes_for_differences (BB_HEAD (bb
), &cur
, &VTI (bb
)->in
);
9554 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
9555 local_get_addr_cache
= new hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
>;
9557 /* Emit the notes for the changes in the basic block itself. */
9558 emit_notes_in_bb (bb
, &cur
);
9560 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
9561 delete local_get_addr_cache
;
9562 local_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
9564 /* Free memory occupied by the in hash table, we won't need it
9566 dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
9570 shared_hash_htab (cur
.vars
)
9571 ->traverse
<variable_table_type
*, emit_notes_for_differences_1
>
9572 (shared_hash_htab (empty_shared_hash
));
9574 dataflow_set_destroy (&cur
);
9576 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
9577 delete dropped_values
;
9578 dropped_values
= NULL
;
9583 /* If there is a declaration and offset associated with register/memory RTL
9584 assign declaration to *DECLP and offset to *OFFSETP, and return true. */
9587 vt_get_decl_and_offset (rtx rtl
, tree
*declp
, poly_int64
*offsetp
)
9591 if (REG_ATTRS (rtl
))
9593 *declp
= REG_EXPR (rtl
);
9594 *offsetp
= REG_OFFSET (rtl
);
9598 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PARALLEL
)
9600 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
9601 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= MAX_VAR_PARTS
;
9602 int len
= XVECLEN (rtl
, 0), i
;
9604 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
9606 rtx reg
= XEXP (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, i
), 0);
9607 if (!REG_P (reg
) || !REG_ATTRS (reg
))
9610 decl
= REG_EXPR (reg
);
9611 if (REG_EXPR (reg
) != decl
)
9613 HOST_WIDE_INT this_offset
;
9614 if (!track_offset_p (REG_OFFSET (reg
), &this_offset
))
9616 offset
= MIN (offset
, this_offset
);
9626 else if (MEM_P (rtl
))
9628 if (MEM_ATTRS (rtl
))
9630 *declp
= MEM_EXPR (rtl
);
9631 *offsetp
= int_mem_offset (rtl
);
9638 /* Record the value for the ENTRY_VALUE of RTL as a global equivalence
9642 record_entry_value (cselib_val
*val
, rtx rtl
)
9644 rtx ev
= gen_rtx_ENTRY_VALUE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
9646 ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (ev
) = rtl
;
9648 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val
, ev
, get_insns ());
9651 /* Insert function parameter PARM in IN and OUT sets of ENTRY_BLOCK. */
9654 vt_add_function_parameter (tree parm
)
9656 rtx decl_rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (parm
);
9657 rtx incoming
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm
);
9663 bool incoming_ok
= true;
9665 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) != PARM_DECL
)
9668 if (!decl_rtl
|| !incoming
)
9671 if (GET_MODE (decl_rtl
) == BLKmode
|| GET_MODE (incoming
) == BLKmode
)
9674 /* If there is a DRAP register or a pseudo in internal_arg_pointer,
9675 rewrite the incoming location of parameters passed on the stack
9676 into MEMs based on the argument pointer, so that incoming doesn't
9677 depend on a pseudo. */
9678 poly_int64 incoming_offset
= 0;
9679 if (MEM_P (incoming
)
9680 && (strip_offset (XEXP (incoming
, 0), &incoming_offset
)
9681 == crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
))
9683 HOST_WIDE_INT off
= -FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9685 = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming
,
9686 plus_constant (Pmode
,
9688 off
+ incoming_offset
));
9691 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
9692 /* DECL_INCOMING_RTL uses the INCOMING_REGNO of parameter registers.
9693 If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
9694 actual entry value is the corresponding OUTGOING_REGNO instead. */
9695 if (HAVE_window_save
&& !crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9697 if (REG_P (incoming
)
9698 && HARD_REGISTER_P (incoming
)
9699 && OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming
)) != REGNO (incoming
))
9702 p
.incoming
= incoming
;
9704 = gen_rtx_REG_offset (incoming
, GET_MODE (incoming
),
9705 OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming
)), 0);
9706 p
.outgoing
= incoming
;
9707 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs
, p
);
9709 else if (GET_CODE (incoming
) == PARALLEL
)
9712 = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (incoming
, 0)));
9715 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (incoming
, 0); i
++)
9717 rtx reg
= XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming
, 0, i
), 0);
9720 reg
= gen_rtx_REG_offset (reg
, GET_MODE (reg
),
9721 OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg
)), 0);
9723 XVECEXP (outgoing
, 0, i
)
9724 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, reg
,
9725 XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming
, 0, i
), 1));
9726 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs
, p
);
9729 incoming
= outgoing
;
9731 else if (MEM_P (incoming
)
9732 && REG_P (XEXP (incoming
, 0))
9733 && HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (incoming
, 0)))
9735 rtx reg
= XEXP (incoming
, 0);
9736 if (OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg
)) != REGNO (reg
))
9740 reg
= gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (reg
), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg
)));
9742 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs
, p
);
9743 incoming
= replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming
, reg
);
9749 if (!vt_get_decl_and_offset (incoming
, &decl
, &offset
))
9751 incoming_ok
= false;
9752 if (MEM_P (incoming
))
9754 /* This means argument is passed by invisible reference. */
9760 if (!vt_get_decl_and_offset (decl_rtl
, &decl
, &offset
))
9762 offset
+= byte_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (incoming
),
9763 GET_MODE (decl_rtl
));
9772 /* If that DECL_RTL wasn't a pseudo that got spilled to
9773 memory, bail out. Otherwise, the spill slot sharing code
9774 will force the memory to reference spill_slot_decl (%sfp),
9775 so we don't match above. That's ok, the pseudo must have
9776 referenced the entire parameter, so just reset OFFSET. */
9777 if (decl
!= get_spill_slot_decl (false))
9782 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
9783 if (!track_loc_p (incoming
, parm
, offset
, false, &mode
, &const_offset
))
9786 out
= &VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->out
;
9788 dv
= dv_from_decl (parm
);
9790 if (target_for_debug_bind (parm
)
9791 /* We can't deal with these right now, because this kind of
9792 variable is single-part. ??? We could handle parallels
9793 that describe multiple locations for the same single
9794 value, but ATM we don't. */
9795 && GET_CODE (incoming
) != PARALLEL
)
9800 /* ??? We shouldn't ever hit this, but it may happen because
9801 arguments passed by invisible reference aren't dealt with
9802 above: incoming-rtl will have Pmode rather than the
9803 expected mode for the type. */
9807 lowpart
= var_lowpart (mode
, incoming
);
9811 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (lowpart
, mode
, true,
9812 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9814 /* ??? Float-typed values in memory are not handled by
9818 preserve_value (val
);
9819 set_variable_part (out
, val
->val_rtx
, dv
, const_offset
,
9820 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9821 dv
= dv_from_value (val
->val_rtx
);
9824 if (MEM_P (incoming
))
9826 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (XEXP (incoming
, 0), mode
, true,
9827 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9830 preserve_value (val
);
9831 incoming
= replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming
, val
->val_rtx
);
9836 if (REG_P (incoming
))
9838 incoming
= var_lowpart (mode
, incoming
);
9839 gcc_assert (REGNO (incoming
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
9840 attrs_list_insert (&out
->regs
[REGNO (incoming
)], dv
, const_offset
,
9842 set_variable_part (out
, incoming
, dv
, const_offset
,
9843 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9844 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
9846 record_entry_value (CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (dv
)), incoming
);
9847 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm
)) == REFERENCE_TYPE
9848 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm
))))
9850 machine_mode indmode
9851 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm
)));
9852 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (indmode
, incoming
);
9853 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (mem
, indmode
, true,
9858 preserve_value (val
);
9859 record_entry_value (val
, mem
);
9860 set_variable_part (out
, mem
, dv_from_value (val
->val_rtx
), 0,
9861 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9866 else if (GET_CODE (incoming
) == PARALLEL
&& !dv_onepart_p (dv
))
9870 /* The following code relies on vt_get_decl_and_offset returning true for
9871 incoming, which might not be always the case. */
9874 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (incoming
, 0); i
++)
9876 rtx reg
= XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming
, 0, i
), 0);
9877 /* vt_get_decl_and_offset has already checked that the offset
9878 is a valid variable part. */
9879 const_offset
= get_tracked_reg_offset (reg
);
9880 gcc_assert (REGNO (reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
9881 attrs_list_insert (&out
->regs
[REGNO (reg
)], dv
, const_offset
, reg
);
9882 set_variable_part (out
, reg
, dv
, const_offset
,
9883 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9886 else if (MEM_P (incoming
))
9888 incoming
= var_lowpart (mode
, incoming
);
9889 set_variable_part (out
, incoming
, dv
, const_offset
,
9890 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9894 /* Insert function parameters to IN and OUT sets of ENTRY_BLOCK. */
9897 vt_add_function_parameters (void)
9901 for (parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl
);
9902 parm
; parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
))
9903 vt_add_function_parameter (parm
);
9905 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl
)))
9907 tree vexpr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl
));
9909 if (TREE_CODE (vexpr
) == INDIRECT_REF
)
9910 vexpr
= TREE_OPERAND (vexpr
, 0);
9912 if (TREE_CODE (vexpr
) == PARM_DECL
9913 && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr
)
9914 && !DECL_IGNORED_P (vexpr
)
9915 && DECL_NAMELESS (vexpr
))
9916 vt_add_function_parameter (vexpr
);
9920 /* Initialize cfa_base_rtx, create a preserved VALUE for it and
9921 ensure it isn't flushed during cselib_reset_table.
9922 Can be called only if frame_pointer_rtx resp. arg_pointer_rtx
9923 has been eliminated. */
9926 vt_init_cfa_base (void)
9930 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
9931 cfa_base_rtx
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
9932 cfa_base_offset
= -FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9934 cfa_base_rtx
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
9935 cfa_base_offset
= -ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9937 if (cfa_base_rtx
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9938 || !fixed_regs
[REGNO (cfa_base_rtx
)])
9940 cfa_base_rtx
= NULL_RTX
;
9943 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
9946 /* Tell alias analysis that cfa_base_rtx should share
9947 find_base_term value with stack pointer or hard frame pointer. */
9948 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
9949 vt_equate_reg_base_value (cfa_base_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
9950 else if (!crtl
->stack_realign_tried
)
9951 vt_equate_reg_base_value (cfa_base_rtx
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
);
9953 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (cfa_base_rtx
, GET_MODE (cfa_base_rtx
), 1,
9954 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9955 preserve_value (val
);
9956 cselib_preserve_cfa_base_value (val
, REGNO (cfa_base_rtx
));
9959 /* Reemit INSN, a MARKER_DEBUG_INSN, as a note. */
9962 reemit_marker_as_note (rtx_insn
*insn
)
9964 gcc_checking_assert (DEBUG_MARKER_INSN_P (insn
));
9966 enum insn_note kind
= INSN_DEBUG_MARKER_KIND (insn
);
9970 case NOTE_INSN_BEGIN_STMT
:
9971 case NOTE_INSN_INLINE_ENTRY
:
9973 rtx_insn
*note
= NULL
;
9974 if (cfun
->debug_nonbind_markers
)
9976 note
= emit_note_before (kind
, insn
);
9977 NOTE_MARKER_LOCATION (note
) = INSN_LOCATION (insn
);
9988 /* Allocate and initialize the data structures for variable tracking
9989 and parse the RTL to get the micro operations. */
9992 vt_initialize (void)
9995 poly_int64 fp_cfa_offset
= -1;
9997 alloc_aux_for_blocks (sizeof (variable_tracking_info
));
9999 empty_shared_hash
= shared_hash_pool
.allocate ();
10000 empty_shared_hash
->refcount
= 1;
10001 empty_shared_hash
->htab
= new variable_table_type (1);
10002 changed_variables
= new variable_table_type (10);
10004 /* Init the IN and OUT sets. */
10005 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10007 VTI (bb
)->visited
= false;
10008 VTI (bb
)->flooded
= false;
10009 dataflow_set_init (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
10010 dataflow_set_init (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
10011 VTI (bb
)->permp
= NULL
;
10014 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10016 cselib_init (CSELIB_RECORD_MEMORY
| CSELIB_PRESERVE_CONSTANTS
);
10017 scratch_regs
= BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL
);
10018 preserved_values
.create (256);
10019 global_get_addr_cache
= new hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
>;
10023 scratch_regs
= NULL
;
10024 global_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
10027 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10033 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10034 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10035 ofst
= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10037 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10038 ofst
= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10041 ofst
-= INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
;
10043 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (reg
, GET_MODE (reg
), 1,
10044 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
10045 preserve_value (val
);
10046 if (reg
!= hard_frame_pointer_rtx
&& fixed_regs
[REGNO (reg
)])
10047 cselib_preserve_cfa_base_value (val
, REGNO (reg
));
10051 = cselib_lookup_from_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
10052 GET_MODE (stack_pointer_rtx
), 1,
10053 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
10054 preserve_value (valsp
);
10055 expr
= plus_constant (GET_MODE (reg
), reg
, ofst
);
10056 /* This cselib_add_permanent_equiv call needs to be done before
10057 the other cselib_add_permanent_equiv a few lines later,
10058 because after that one is done, cselib_lookup on this expr
10059 will due to the cselib SP_DERIVED_VALUE_P optimizations
10060 return valsp and so no permanent equivalency will be added. */
10061 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (valsp
, expr
, get_insns ());
10064 expr
= plus_constant (GET_MODE (stack_pointer_rtx
),
10065 stack_pointer_rtx
, -ofst
);
10066 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val
, expr
, get_insns ());
10069 /* In order to factor out the adjustments made to the stack pointer or to
10070 the hard frame pointer and thus be able to use DW_OP_fbreg operations
10071 instead of individual location lists, we're going to rewrite MEMs based
10072 on them into MEMs based on the CFA by de-eliminating stack_pointer_rtx
10073 or hard_frame_pointer_rtx to the virtual CFA pointer frame_pointer_rtx
10074 resp. arg_pointer_rtx. We can do this either when there is no frame
10075 pointer in the function and stack adjustments are consistent for all
10076 basic blocks or when there is a frame pointer and no stack realignment.
10077 But we first have to check that frame_pointer_rtx resp. arg_pointer_rtx
10078 has been eliminated. */
10079 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
10083 if (!vt_stack_adjustments ())
10086 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10087 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10089 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10091 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10094 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10095 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10096 if (elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
10097 vt_init_cfa_base ();
10100 else if (!crtl
->stack_realign_tried
)
10104 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10105 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10106 fp_cfa_offset
= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10108 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10109 fp_cfa_offset
= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10111 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10114 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10116 fp_cfa_offset
-= rtx_to_poly_int64 (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10117 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10119 if (elim
!= hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
10120 fp_cfa_offset
= -1;
10123 fp_cfa_offset
= -1;
10126 /* If the stack is realigned and a DRAP register is used, we're going to
10127 rewrite MEMs based on it representing incoming locations of parameters
10128 passed on the stack into MEMs based on the argument pointer. Although
10129 we aren't going to rewrite other MEMs, we still need to initialize the
10130 virtual CFA pointer in order to ensure that the argument pointer will
10131 be seen as a constant throughout the function.
10133 ??? This doesn't work if FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET is defined. */
10134 else if (stack_realign_drap
)
10138 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10139 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10141 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10143 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10146 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10147 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10148 if (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
10149 vt_init_cfa_base ();
10153 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= -1;
10155 vt_add_function_parameters ();
10157 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10160 HOST_WIDE_INT pre
, post
= 0;
10161 basic_block first_bb
, last_bb
;
10163 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10165 cselib_record_sets_hook
= add_with_sets
;
10166 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10167 fprintf (dump_file
, "first value: %i\n",
10168 cselib_get_next_uid ());
10175 if (bb
->next_bb
== EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
)
10176 || ! single_pred_p (bb
->next_bb
))
10178 e
= find_edge (bb
, bb
->next_bb
);
10179 if (! e
|| (e
->flags
& EDGE_FALLTHRU
) == 0)
10185 /* Add the micro-operations to the vector. */
10186 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb
, first_bb
, last_bb
->next_bb
, next_bb
)
10188 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
10189 VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
= VTI (bb
)->in
.stack_adjust
;
10192 FOR_BB_INSNS_SAFE (bb
, insn
, next
)
10196 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
10198 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (insn
, &pre
, &post
);
10201 micro_operation mo
;
10202 mo
.type
= MO_ADJUST
;
10205 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10206 log_op_type (PATTERN (insn
), bb
, insn
,
10207 MO_ADJUST
, dump_file
);
10208 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
10212 cselib_hook_called
= false;
10213 adjust_insn (bb
, insn
);
10215 if (!frame_pointer_needed
&& pre
)
10216 VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
+= pre
;
10218 if (DEBUG_MARKER_INSN_P (insn
))
10220 reemit_marker_as_note (insn
);
10224 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10227 prepare_call_arguments (bb
, insn
);
10228 cselib_process_insn (insn
);
10229 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10231 if (dump_flags
& TDF_SLIM
)
10232 dump_insn_slim (dump_file
, insn
);
10234 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, insn
);
10235 dump_cselib_table (dump_file
);
10238 if (!cselib_hook_called
)
10239 add_with_sets (insn
, 0, 0);
10240 cancel_changes (0);
10242 if (!frame_pointer_needed
&& post
)
10244 micro_operation mo
;
10245 mo
.type
= MO_ADJUST
;
10246 mo
.u
.adjust
= post
;
10248 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10249 log_op_type (PATTERN (insn
), bb
, insn
,
10250 MO_ADJUST
, dump_file
);
10251 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
10252 VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
+= post
;
10255 if (maybe_ne (fp_cfa_offset
, -1)
10256 && known_eq (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
, -1)
10257 && fp_setter_insn (insn
))
10259 vt_init_cfa_base ();
10260 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= fp_cfa_offset
;
10261 /* Disassociate sp from fp now. */
10262 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10265 cselib_invalidate_rtx (stack_pointer_rtx
);
10266 v
= cselib_lookup (stack_pointer_rtx
, Pmode
, 1,
10268 if (v
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (v
))
10270 cselib_set_value_sp_based (v
);
10271 preserve_value (v
);
10277 gcc_assert (offset
== VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
);
10282 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10284 cselib_preserve_only_values ();
10285 cselib_reset_table (cselib_get_next_uid ());
10286 cselib_record_sets_hook
= NULL
;
10290 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= -1;
10291 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->flooded
= true;
10292 cfa_base_rtx
= NULL_RTX
;
10296 /* This is *not* reset after each function. It gives each
10297 NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL in the entire compilation
10298 a unique label number. */
10300 static int debug_label_num
= 1;
10302 /* Remove from the insn stream a single debug insn used for
10303 variable tracking at assignments. */
10306 delete_vta_debug_insn (rtx_insn
*insn
)
10308 if (DEBUG_MARKER_INSN_P (insn
))
10310 reemit_marker_as_note (insn
);
10314 tree decl
= INSN_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (insn
);
10315 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == LABEL_DECL
10316 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
10317 && !DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl
))
10319 PUT_CODE (insn
, NOTE
);
10320 NOTE_KIND (insn
) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
;
10321 NOTE_DELETED_LABEL_NAME (insn
)
10322 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
));
10323 SET_DECL_RTL (decl
, insn
);
10324 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
) = debug_label_num
++;
10327 delete_insn (insn
);
10330 /* Remove from the insn stream all debug insns used for variable
10331 tracking at assignments. USE_CFG should be false if the cfg is no
10335 delete_vta_debug_insns (bool use_cfg
)
10338 rtx_insn
*insn
, *next
;
10340 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10344 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10346 FOR_BB_INSNS_SAFE (bb
, insn
, next
)
10347 if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
10348 delete_vta_debug_insn (insn
);
10351 for (insn
= get_insns (); insn
; insn
= next
)
10353 next
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
10354 if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
10355 delete_vta_debug_insn (insn
);
10359 /* Run a fast, BB-local only version of var tracking, to take care of
10360 information that we don't do global analysis on, such that not all
10361 information is lost. If SKIPPED holds, we're skipping the global
10362 pass entirely, so we should try to use information it would have
10363 handled as well.. */
10366 vt_debug_insns_local (bool skipped ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10368 /* ??? Just skip it all for now. */
10369 delete_vta_debug_insns (true);
10372 /* Free the data structures needed for variable tracking. */
10379 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10381 VTI (bb
)->mos
.release ();
10384 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10386 dataflow_set_destroy (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
10387 dataflow_set_destroy (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
10388 if (VTI (bb
)->permp
)
10390 dataflow_set_destroy (VTI (bb
)->permp
);
10391 XDELETE (VTI (bb
)->permp
);
10394 free_aux_for_blocks ();
10395 delete empty_shared_hash
->htab
;
10396 empty_shared_hash
->htab
= NULL
;
10397 delete changed_variables
;
10398 changed_variables
= NULL
;
10399 attrs_pool
.release ();
10400 var_pool
.release ();
10401 location_chain_pool
.release ();
10402 shared_hash_pool
.release ();
10404 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_BIND_INSNS
)
10406 if (global_get_addr_cache
)
10407 delete global_get_addr_cache
;
10408 global_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
10409 loc_exp_dep_pool
.release ();
10410 valvar_pool
.release ();
10411 preserved_values
.release ();
10413 BITMAP_FREE (scratch_regs
);
10414 scratch_regs
= NULL
;
10417 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
10418 vec_free (windowed_parm_regs
);
10422 XDELETEVEC (vui_vec
);
10427 /* The entry point to variable tracking pass. */
10429 static inline unsigned int
10430 variable_tracking_main_1 (void)
10434 /* We won't be called as a separate pass if flag_var_tracking is not
10435 set, but final may call us to turn debug markers into notes. */
10436 if ((!flag_var_tracking
&& MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10437 || flag_var_tracking_assignments
< 0
10438 /* Var-tracking right now assumes the IR doesn't contain
10439 any pseudos at this point. */
10440 || targetm
.no_register_allocation
)
10442 delete_vta_debug_insns (true);
10446 if (!flag_var_tracking
)
10449 if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) > 500
10450 && n_edges_for_fn (cfun
) / n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) >= 20)
10452 vt_debug_insns_local (true);
10456 mark_dfs_back_edges ();
10457 if (!vt_initialize ())
10460 vt_debug_insns_local (true);
10464 success
= vt_find_locations ();
10466 if (!success
&& flag_var_tracking_assignments
> 0)
10470 delete_vta_debug_insns (true);
10472 /* This is later restored by our caller. */
10473 flag_var_tracking_assignments
= 0;
10475 success
= vt_initialize ();
10476 gcc_assert (success
);
10478 success
= vt_find_locations ();
10484 vt_debug_insns_local (false);
10488 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10490 dump_dataflow_sets ();
10491 dump_reg_info (dump_file
);
10492 dump_flow_info (dump_file
, dump_flags
);
10495 timevar_push (TV_VAR_TRACKING_EMIT
);
10497 timevar_pop (TV_VAR_TRACKING_EMIT
);
10500 vt_debug_insns_local (false);
10505 variable_tracking_main (void)
10508 int save
= flag_var_tracking_assignments
;
10510 ret
= variable_tracking_main_1 ();
10512 flag_var_tracking_assignments
= save
;
10519 const pass_data pass_data_variable_tracking
=
10521 RTL_PASS
, /* type */
10522 "vartrack", /* name */
10523 OPTGROUP_NONE
, /* optinfo_flags */
10524 TV_VAR_TRACKING
, /* tv_id */
10525 0, /* properties_required */
10526 0, /* properties_provided */
10527 0, /* properties_destroyed */
10528 0, /* todo_flags_start */
10529 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
10532 class pass_variable_tracking
: public rtl_opt_pass
10535 pass_variable_tracking (gcc::context
*ctxt
)
10536 : rtl_opt_pass (pass_data_variable_tracking
, ctxt
)
10539 /* opt_pass methods: */
10540 virtual bool gate (function
*)
10542 return (flag_var_tracking
&& !targetm
.delay_vartrack
);
10545 virtual unsigned int execute (function
*)
10547 return variable_tracking_main ();
10550 }; // class pass_variable_tracking
10552 } // anon namespace
10555 make_pass_variable_tracking (gcc::context
*ctxt
)
10557 return new pass_variable_tracking (ctxt
);